Anda di halaman 1dari 238

Applikationen & Tools

Answers for industry.


Cover
Application Winder with DCC
SINAMICS
Application description April 2013


2
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


Industry Automation and Drive Technologies Service & Support Portal
This article is taken from the Service Portal of Siemens AG, Industry Automation
and Drive Technologies. The following link takes you directly to the download page
of this document:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/38043750

Caution
The functions and solutions described in this article confine themselves to the
realization of the automation task predominantly. Please take into account
furthermore that corresponding protective measures have to be taken up in the
context of Industrial Security when connecting your equipment to other parts of the
plant, the enterprise network or the Internet. Further information can be found
under the Content-ID 50203404.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50203404


If you have any questions concerning this document please e-mail us to the
following address:
tech.team.motioncontrol@siemens.com


You can also actively use our Technical Forum from the Service & Support Portal
regarding this subject. Add your questions, suggestions and problems and discuss
them together in our strong forum community:
http://www.siemens.com/forum-applications



DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 3

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


s







SINAMICS
DCC Winder


























Basic information

1

Functions of the winder
application

2

Automation solution

3

Installing the hardware
and software

4

Selecting the control
concept

5

Winder checklist

6

Short collection of
formulas

7

Control and status words
of the winder

8

Control and status word
of the splice

9

Function charts

10

Parameter description

11

Faults and alarms

12

Commissioning the
function

13

General information on
the application

14



Warranty and Liability

4
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Warranty and Liability
Note
The Application Examples are not binding and do not claim to be complete
regarding the circuits shown, equipping and any eventuality. The Application
Examples do not represent customer-specific solutions. They are only intended
to provide support for typical applications. You are responsible for ensuring that
the described products are used correctly. These application examples do not
relieve you of the responsibility to use safe practices in application, installation,
operation and maintenance. When using these Application Examples, you
recognize that we cannot be made liable for any damage/claims beyond the
liability clause described. We reserve the right to make changes to these
Application Examples at any time without prior notice.
If there are any deviations between the recommendations provided in these
application examples and other Siemens publications e.g. Catalogs the
contents of the other documents have priority.

We do not accept any liability for the information contained in this document.
Any claims against us based on whatever legal reason resulting from the use of
the examples, information, programs, engineering and performance data etc.,
described in this Application Example shall be excluded. Such an exclusion shall
not apply in the case of mandatory liability, e.g. under the German Product Liability
Act (Produkthaftungsgesetz), in case of intent, gross negligence, or injury of life,
body or health, guarantee for the quality of a product, fraudulent concealment of a
deficiency or breach of a condition which goes to the root of the contract
(wesentliche Vertragspflichten). The damages for a breach of a substantial
contractual obligation are, however, limited to the foreseeable damage, typical for
the type of contract, except in the event of intent or gross negligence or injury to
life, body or health. The above provisions do not imply a change of the burden of
proof to your detriment.

Any form of duplication or distribution of these Application Examples or excerpts
hereof is prohibited without the expressed consent of Siemens Industry Sector.

Foreword

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 5

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

3
8
0
4
3
7
5
0
_
D
C
C
_
W
i
n
d
e
r
_
e
n
_
V
3
_
2
_
0
.
d
o
c



Foreword
Objective of the application
The standard winder application for SINAMICS based on DCC was developed with
the objective to address many of the known winder applications including splicing
functionality
1
using just one application software. When required, the application
can be configured or also changed as a result of its openness. It is possible to use
the application on different versions of the SINAMICS series such as SINAMICS
DCM, SINAMICS S120 and S150, SINAMICS G130 and G150.
Using the appropriate devices and equipment, the standard winder application for
SINAMICS based on DCC allows winders and unwinders to be implemented for the
widest range of applications. For instance, these include foil making machines,
printing machines, coating machines, coilers for wire-drawing machines and textile
machines.
In many technological processes, winders are an essential component of a
complete machine or system.
Depending on the machine or system, sometimes a finishing process starts with an
unwinder or ends with a winder.
Depending on the process and the material being wound, different winding
techniques are used.
Core contents of this application
The following core issues are discussed in this application:
Description, important basics of winder technology
Description of the splicing functionality
Commissioning the standard application
Scope of the document
This application does not include information or a description
About the basic commissioning of the SINAMICS S120 drive system
Configuring using the DCC Editor
It is assumed that readers have basic know-how about these topics.




1
The splice control can only be used on SINAMICS S units with activated position controller
function module. In order to save memory space and to make it easier for users to integrate the
function, in the drive project of this example there is a version with splice and a version without
the splice - otherwise the functionality is identical.
Table of Contents

6
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Table of Contents
Warranty and Liability ................................................................................................. 4
Foreword ....................................................................................................................... 5
1 Basic information .............................................................................................. 9
1.1 Prerequisites ........................................................................................ 9
1.1.1 Technical environment ......................................................................... 9
1.2 Winder solution design and structure ................................................... 9
1.2.1 General design ..................................................................................... 9
1.2.2 Winding techniques ............................................................................ 11
Center winder ..................................................................................... 11
Surface winder ................................................................................... 12
1.2.3 Control techniques ............................................................................. 13
Indirect tension control ....................................................................... 13
Tension control ................................................................................... 14
Dancer roll position control ................................................................. 15
Constant v control .............................................................................. 16
1.2.4 Diameter calculation technique .......................................................... 17
1.2.5 Overview of the features of the winding techniques .......................... 18
1.2.6 Solution using the standard "winder" application ............................... 18
1.2.7 Advantages of the standard application winder ............................... 19
1.3 Structure of a splice solution .............................................................. 20
1.3.1 General structure ................................................................................ 20
1.3.2 Functions ............................................................................................ 21
Splice point calculation ....................................................................... 22
Script support to calculate the splice parameters .............................. 27
2 Functions of the winder application .............................................................. 31
2.1 Tasks that can be implemented using this application ....................... 31
2.2 Characteristics and features of the "winder" application .................... 32
Diameter computer ............................................................................. 32
Winding hardness characteristic ........................................................ 33
Controller adaptation .......................................................................... 33
Inertia compensation (acceleration pre-control) ................................. 33
Friction compensation ........................................................................ 33
Tension operation ............................................................................... 33
Maneuvering and jogging ................................................................... 34
Synchronizing and stopping ............................................................... 34
Web speed ramp function generator .................................................. 34
Web length braking ............................................................................ 34
Web break detection .......................................................................... 35
Fast stop 36
Execution groups ................................................................................ 37
Notes regarding the computation time requirement ........................... 39
Notes for use with SINAMICS S120 ................................................... 39
3 Automation solution ........................................................................................ 41
3.1 Hardware and software components required ................................... 41
4 Installing the hardware and software ............................................................ 43
4.1 For your safety ................................................................................... 43
4.1.1 Safety information and instructions .................................................... 43
4.1.2 Responsibilities of the operator .......................................................... 43
5 Selecting the control concept ........................................................................ 45
5.1 Control concepts ................................................................................ 45
Table of Contents

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 7

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


5.1.1 Indirect tension control ("tension control") .......................................... 45
5.1.2 Direct control with dancer roll and speed correction .......................... 45
5.1.3 Direct tension control with tension transducer via the torque
limits ................................................................................................... 46
5.1.4 Direct tension control with tension transducer and speed
correction ............................................................................................ 46
5.1.5 Constant v control .............................................................................. 46
5.2 Comparison of the control concepts ................................................... 47
6 Winder checklist .............................................................................................. 48
6.1 Checklist for realization of a winder application ................................. 48
7 Short collection of formulas ........................................................................... 50
7.1 Calculations relevant for winder ......................................................... 50
7.2 Calculations relevant for splicing ........................................................ 53
7.3 Selecting the winding ratio (winding range) ....................................... 56
7.4 Power and torque ............................................................................... 56
7.5 Defining the signs ............................................................................... 57
7.6 Selecting the motor ............................................................................ 58
7.7 Dimensioning the gear unit................................................................. 58
7.8 Selecting the drive converter .............................................................. 58
Integrating the core functions .................................................................................. 59
8 Control and status words of the winder ........................................................ 60
8.1 Control word ....................................................................................... 60
8.2 Status word ........................................................................................ 62
8.3 Winder interface to the automation system ........................................ 63
9 Control and status word of the splice ........................................................... 65
9.1 Control word ....................................................................................... 65
9.2 Status word ........................................................................................ 65
9.3 Splice interface to the automation system ......................................... 66
Program description .................................................................................................. 67
10 Function charts ................................................................................................ 68
10.1 Function charts of the winder application ........................................... 68
11 Parameter description ..................................................................................... 94
11.1 Parameters of the winder application ................................................. 94
11.2 Parameter for splice control ............................................................. 192
12 Faults and alarms .......................................................................................... 201
12.1 Faults ................................................................................................ 201
12.2 Alarms .............................................................................................. 202
13 Commissioning the function ........................................................................ 203
13.1 Commissioning the application ........................................................ 203
Prerequisites .................................................................................... 203
Preconditions for splice control ........................................................ 206
Normalization ................................................................................... 210
Interface adjustment ......................................................................... 210
Velocity calibration ........................................................................... 221
Setting the friction characteristic ...................................................... 221
Inertia compensation: Constant moment of inertia .......................... 222
Inertia compensation: Variable moment of inertia ............................ 222
Winder with direct tension control and tension transducer - checking
the tension pre-control ...................................................... 222
Table of Contents

8
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Commission the tension controller for direct tension control ........... 223
Appendix ................................................................................................................... 224
14 General information on the application ....................................................... 225
14.1 Scope of supply ................................................................................ 225
14.2 References ....................................................................................... 226
14.3 Contact ............................................................................................. 227
14.4 History .............................................................................................. 227
14.4.1 Changes of the documentation ........................................................ 227
14.4.2 Change history of the application ..................................................... 228

1 Basic information
1.1 Prerequisites

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 9

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

1 Basic information
1.1 Prerequisites
The standard application is intended for all users of SINAMICS that wish to simply
and quickly implement winder functionality.

1.1.1 Technical environment
This standard application can only be used, unchanged in conjunction with:
SINAMICS S
2
and G from firmware version V4.5 HF1 with DCB library
TPdcblib_SINAMICS_4_5.3.0[5.0]
SINAMICS DCM from firmware version V1.3.x with
TPdcblib_SINAMICS_4_4.3.0[9.0]
STARTER/Scout from Version 4.3.1.0 with CFC version 7.0 or higher
You can contact the specified contact partners for changes necessary for older
versions.

1.2 Winder solution design and structure
1.2.1 General design
Generally, a winder solution comprises a winder drive, a material web and possibly
sensors. The function of a winder is to wind or unwind a material web with a
defined tension. When winding, the diameter changes. Depending on whether it
involves a winder or an unwinder, the material is either wound or unwound. The
drive system calculates the actual diameter using several system variables and
controls the motor speed so that this maintains the tension of the material web at a
constant value. In order to achieve this, the actual material web velocity and the
speed of the winder axis must be known. If higher demands are placed on the
performance and the tension accuracy of the system, then a sensor must be
included in the winder solution. This can either be a dancer roll or a tension
transducer.
The dancer roll is a position-based measuring system through which the material
web is routed. A cylinder with a deflection roll presses, with an adjustable force,
against the material web. If tension is established in the material web then this acts
against the pressure from the dancer roll. If the dancer roll is at its center position,
then the material web tension is the same as the selected dancer roll force. In
order to control the tension of the material web (control), the control must ensure

2
For SINAMICS S120 several instances of the winder application can be executed on a CU320-
2. The blocks available in the DCC charts and @Parameter occupy memory space in the drive
unit. In DCC-SINAMICS with the CU320-2 module on SINAMICS S120, S150, G130, G150, a
maximum of 1500 blocks and 1500 @ parameters can be configured. Without making any
changes, as a result of the number of blocks (500 with splice, 418 without splice) and
parameters the winder application can have a maximum of 3 winder axes running on a
SINAMICS S120 drive unit. The necessary computation time depends on the winder application
functions used and this must be taken into consideration when designing the system. Data
regarding the computation time requirement of the individual execution groups is provided in
Chapter 2.2 Characteristics and features of the "winder" application.

1 Basic information
1.2 Winder solution design and structure

10
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

that the dancer roll remains in its center position. If the tension in the system
changes, then the dancer roll position also changes. This, in turn, is coupled to the
control through a position sensing system. The system responds if such a deviation
is detected and e.g. the drive speed is changed.
The tension transducer directly measures the tension in the system and signals
this to the control. If the tension changes, then this can either be compensated by
changing the speed or by changing the motor torque.
The web tachometer measures the web speed directly in front of the winder. A
web tachometer is particularly needed for the constant v control
1 Basic information
1.2 Winder solution design and structure

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 11

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

1.2.2 Winding techniques

A differentiation is made between 2 winding techniques
Center winder

Figure 1-1
Speed
master
Vset
Fact
Load cell
Center winder
n+

With a center winder, the roll is driven by a central shaft. The diameter range is an
important factor when designing this type of winder. The reason for this is that at a
constant web velocity and constant tension, the speed is inversely proportional to
the diameter. This means that the maximum drive speed that is required is defined
by the minimum roll diameter - whereby the maximum required torque is defined by
the maximum diameter.
The center winder is more complicated and from a control perspective, more
difficult to handle than the surface winder; however, it is still more widely
established of the two winder types.
This application was exclusively generated for central winder applications and this
documentation is only applicable for this winding technique. An extensive range of
closed-loop control types, a wide range of functions and open-control methods are
available for this central winder application.
1 Basic information
1.2 Winder solution design and structure

12
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750


Surface winder


Figure 1-2
n-controlled
M-
controlled
Surface winder


For a surface winder, the roll is driven through one or several rolls that are in
contact with the roll being wound. The drive speed and power depends on the
diameter of the roll being wound. From a mechanical design perspective, this
winder technique is more complicated than that of a center winder.
The surface winder is mainly used when winding if there are no special
requirements placed on the surface of the material being wound or unwound.
The surface winder is not considered in this particular application; however, in
principle, it can be operated just like the central winder with constant diameter.


Note
In order to set a constant diameter and maintain this, the "diameter computer"
execution group is always required; the "integrating diameter computer"
execution group is not required. Handling execution groups is described in
Chapter 13.1 Commissioning the application.

1 Basic information
1.2 Winder solution design and structure

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 13

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

1.2.3 Control techniques
4 control techniques are mainly used for winders:
Indirect tension control


Figure 1-3


The indirect tension control is very frequently used if a user does not want to use
expensive sensor systems as there are no higher-level control loops available. This
technique must be able to operate without any tension feedback signal. This
therefore places the highest requirements on the torque setpoint conditioning and
the torque accuracy
3
of the drive.
The indirect tension control is based on the physical interrelationship between
torque and the tension of the material web. The motor torque is changed as a
function of the diameter of the roll being wound so that a setpoint (reference)
tension is obtained.


3
Data on this is provided in the Catalog in the Chapter, System Description.
1 Basic information
1.2 Winder solution design and structure

14
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Tension control

Figure 1-4


For the tension control, the tension acting in the system is measured using a static
measuring device and is compared with the tension setpoint (tension reference
value) as measured quantity. The tension control is used if the precision of the
open-loop torque control is no longer sufficient. This can be the case if a high
torque control range is demanded or if the winder is subject to disturbances.

1 Basic information
1.2 Winder solution design and structure

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 15

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Dancer roll position control

Figure 1-5



A dancer roll is used for the dancer roll position control - a position-controlled
measuring system. The position of the dancer roll is determined using a suitable
position encoder, which is then compared with the position setpoint (reference
value). The tension is only determined using the dancer roll. If the tension changes,
then the position of the dancer roll also changes. By changing the winder speed,
the dancer roll position control corrects this position offset. Although brief speed
fluctuations have an effect on the position of the dancer roll, they hardly have any
effect on the tension in the system. However, this only applies as long as the
dancer roll does not reach its limits.
The dancer roll position control has the advantage that brief fluctuations in the
tension can be absorbed due to the material web storage function of the dancer
roll. However, an intervention has to be made in the material web routing as a
result of the mechanical arrangement.
The limits of the dancer roll position control are predominantly defined by the
mechanical implementation of the dancer roll and its dynamic characteristics.
1 Basic information
1.2 Winder solution design and structure

16
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Constant v control

Figure 1-6
Maneuver
Vset
Vact
M
Power unit
speed
controller
Current
controller
Friction moment
Dact
nact
Diameter
calculation
Kp-adaption
J
Jog set point
M+
n+
dn/dt
Dact
Inertia curve
Vact

With constant v control, the web speed is determined by the web tachometer and
used for the diameter calculation. The web speed setpoint is directly provided to
the winder control. In constant v control the winder is running in speed controlled
mode. The web tension is realized with the nip or uncontrolled in this control mode.
1 Basic information
1.2 Winder solution design and structure

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 17

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

1.2.4 Diameter calculation technique
For tension operation of the winder
4
, the diameter actual value, required to pre-
control the speed and the torque, can be calculated from the actual web velocity
and the actual speed of the winder drive.
The division technique:

=
]
min
1
[
]
min
[
] [
act
set
act
n
m
V
m D
and the integration technique:

=
ta
act
set
act
n
V
m D
ta
0
0
] [


are available for this purpose.
The division technique continually supplies the value of the actual diameter;
however, at very low winder speeds, due to the high noise signal when compared
to the useful signal of the speed actual value (this naturally also depends on the
quality of the encoder system being used) it can only provide inadequate results.
This is the reason that when a parameterized threshold for speed and web velocity
are fallen below, the diameter value is held (frozen) which means that the value is
no longer updated.
This problem is resolved with the integration technique. This is done by integrating
the speed actual value and the web velocity within a specific interval, and a new
diameter value is only calculated at the end of the integration interval. This means
that interference signals, which are characterized by a symmetrical noise signal,
are filtered-out.
This means that both techniques are based on evaluating the speed actual value.
As a consequence, the diameter value can slightly deviate from the actual
diameter. This is due to closed-loop control operations of the tension or dancer roll
controller - also as a result of elastic material. For the latter, the winder always runs
somewhat faster or slower than the web itself as a result of stretching. This slight
difference between the calculated diameter and the actual diameter is however not
a problem for the majority of applications.
These types of deviations can be eliminated when using a diameter sensor - which
is then used instead of the calculation. Further, it is also possible to calculate the
diameter by knowing the material thickness and counting the number of layers.


4
Using a diameter sensor or layer counting, the diameter actual value can be transferred
continuously. If continuous transfer is active, the plausibility check is deactivated.
1 Basic information
1.2 Winder solution design and structure

18
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

1.2.5 Overview of the features of the winding techniques
Functions
Various winding functions, e.g. direct tension control using speed
correction or torque limiting, indirect tension control and constant v control
are possible
Bumpless changeover from the speed controller (the tension controller acts
on the torque limits) or speed correction technique (the tension controller
acts on the speed setpoint) - either of these techniques can be selected
The tension controller and speed controller gain are adapted as a function
of the diameter and the moment of inertia
Winding hardness control is possible
Acceleration pre-control (inertia compensation) as a function of the
moment of inertia of the roll
Diameter calculation either using the division or integration technique,
measurement using a diameter sensor or by counting the number of layers
of material (number of winder revolutions)
Optional use as main speed master with smoothing time
Tension transducer or dancer roll as measuring systems
Splice control
5



1.2.6 Solution using the standard "winder" application
The standard "winder" application presented here helps to implement the functions
shown and a functioning winder can be quickly developed.
The standard application includes, as a core function, a DCC chart. The functions
mentioned above are implemented in this DCC chart and can be simply
parameterized.

5
The splice control can only be used on SINAMICS S units where the position controller
function module is activated. In order to save memory space and to make it easy for the user to
integrate this function into his system, for this example, there is a version with splice and a
version without the splice otherwise, the functionality is identical.
1 Basic information
1.2 Winder solution design and structure

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 19

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


1.2.7 Advantages of the standard application winder
When using the standard "winder" application users have the following advantages:
Programs can be quickly generated
Comprehensive winder functionality can be implemented easily and quickly using
the standard "winder" application.
Possibility of adaptation
Using application-specific parameters, users can select their own sources for
setpoints and actual values. This means that the core function provided can be
simply and quickly implemented taking into account the users own particular
requirements.
1 Basic information
1.3 Structure of a splice solution

20
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

1.3 Structure of a splice solution
NOTE
The splice control can only be used on SINAMICS S units where the position
controller function module is activated. In order to save memory space and to
make it easy for the user to integrate this function into his system, in the drive
project of this example there is a version with splice and a version without the
splice - otherwise the functionality is identical.


1.3.1 General structure
A solution with a flying splice generally comprises 2 winders, sensors and a
mechanical system to change the rolls. Generally, the roll changer comprises a
rotating turret, knife and a splice roll. The objective of a flying splice is to splice the
material web from the old roll with the material web from the new roll while the
winder is operating at its full velocity. The new roll is pressed onto the old material
web using a splice roll and the old roll is cut using the knife. After this has been
completed, the winding functionality is switched over to the new roll.
Fig. 1-7 Structure of a splice solution
New
Old
Knife
Rotating turret
Splice roll
Splice position

For one winder axis, the winder application with DCC can be run on a CU320;
several winder axes per CU are possible with the CU320-2 (this will be available
from firmware version 4.3 SP1). In order to use the splice function, this means that
two CU320 modules or one CU320-2 and an additional SIMATIC PLC are required.
This application is intended for use with the CU320-2 firmware version from V4.3
SP1. The specified contact partners can be contacted if changes are required for
older versions.

The splice control is sub-divided between SINAMICS and the SIMATIC PLC.
Depending on the winder position, the splice roll and the knife must be controlled
via cams.
1 Basic information
1.3 Structure of a splice solution

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 21

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

The closed-loop position control function module must be activated for the splice
functionality. If the splice functionality is not required, then the closed-loop position
control function module is not required and the associated execution group can be
sent to "do not calculate".

1.3.2 Functions
In order to be able to control the splice output cams, the following sub-functions
partially in the DCC, partially in the script (splice point calculation) have been
implemented.
Modulo correction
There is no possibility of defining modulo correction using the closed-loop position
control function module. Parameter p2506 is used to specify how many Length
Units (LU) one revolution is (on the load side); this is taken as the modulo length
and the application corrects the position actual value if an overflow (r2521 > p2506)
or underflow (r2521 < 0) is detected. The modulo correction is realized via p2512
(activate correction value) and p2513 (correction value) in the position controller.
The correction value is p2506.
The position actual value r2521 can lie outside the modulo limits, because the
correction is only effective in the next clock cycle and the overflow detection
requires one overflow. A corrected position actual value (r23401) is also available
in the application, which is always located between the limits; this value can be
transferred.
When switching-on, if the position actual value lies outside the modulo range for
several modulo cycles, then the correction is made over several cycles.
Splice modulo
The cams required for the splice control must frequently be available for several
winder revolutions; this is to allow an optimum splice operation. The user can
parameterize how many revolutions the splice modulo contains.
For simplified output cam tracking and parameterization, the splice modulo value is
corrected by a measured value so that the splice position (if it is located under the
sensor) always lies in the splice module at 0 + n * p2506. Splice outputs, the cams
also refer to the splice modulo.
Splice modulo is only active if the splice outputs are enabled.
It must be ensured that the splice modulo is sufficiently long so that it can contain
the splice output cams.
Probe control
For unwinders, the new roll must be synchronized with the material web. This
referencing can be performed at standstill or while in motion, once or several times.
Referencing is not required for winders. At least one valid measured value is
required to enable the output cams.
1 Basic information
1.3 Structure of a splice solution

22
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Splice point calculation
For an optimum splice, it is important that the output cam points for the knife and
splice roll control are precisely set. One option for simple parameterization is
realized using a runnable script. The splice point calculation is based on the
following parameters:
Table 1-1 Parameters to determine the splice output cams
Parameter Unit Description
SRT [ms] Response time of the splice roll, for deadtime compensation
KRT [ms] Response time of the knife, for deadtime compensation
STP [mm] The splice roll is pressed onto the roll earlier by this distance
TOP [Degr] After the splice, the splice roll remains in the splice position
DSK [mm] Distance between the splice roll and the knife (minimum overlap)
OVLP [mm] Material overlap between the old and new roll
TOK [Degr] After the splice, the knife remains into the splice position
OTS [Degr] Offset between the sensor (for splice position identification) and the splice
point (where the splice roll is pressed)
Diameter [mm] Roll diameter for the splice (new roll) Used to convert parameters
(from [mm] and [ms] to [LU])
converted parameters have
an_LU suffix.
LineSpeed [m/min] Line velocity for the splice
Modulo [LU] LU per revolution

Table 1-2 Results of the splice point calculation
Parameter Unit Description
SPLP [LU] Splice point The results can be interpreted as
degrees, if the number of LUs per
revolution is appropriately set.
CUT [LU] Cutting point
STON [LU] Position for splice roll on
STOFF [LU] Position for splice roll off
KTON [LU] Position for knife on
KTOFF [LU] Position for knife off

1 Basic information
1.3 Structure of a splice solution

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 23

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


Fig. 1-8 Splice parameters (before the splice)
Sensor
Old
New
Splice roll
Knife
DSK
S
T
P
O
T
S
Splice
position

Fig. 1-9 Splice parameters (after the splice)
Sensor
Old
New
Splice roll
Knife
DSK
OVLP
O
T
S
Splice
position


The precise calculation is described in Chapter 7 Short collection of formulas. The
interrelationship between the parameters can be explaining using the following
diagram. All of the parameters shown have already been converted to LU.

1 Basic information
1.3 Structure of a splice solution

24
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Fig.1-10

Output cam control and splice sequence
The splice position is referenced using a probe. To do this, the basic function
available in the drive is used. Referencing can be activated just once or several
times. The application activates the probe if the enable signal has been explicitly
issued. The probe input is connected to the sensor for the splice position detection
or if this is not available with a pushbutton/digital signal for manual adjustment.
A valid measured value and the explicit splice enable signal must be available in
order to enable the splice outputs. The probe is automatically deactivated if the
splice outputs are activated. The enable signal from the SIMATIC PLC must be
withdrawn, in order to avoid reactivation after the splice.
The output Splice ready signals that the splice sequence has been completed. This
signal is reset when the splice enable is withdrawn; this means that the splice
sequence has been completely deactivated.
The probe can be deactivated at any time if the enable signal is withdrawn. An
existing valid measured value remains.

1 Basic information
1.3 Structure of a splice solution

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 25

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Fig. 1-11 Splice sequence with several measurements
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
p23200
Enable
measured
value memory
p23201
Enable splice
p23202
Measured
value valid
r23501
Activate probe
r23503
Splice
completed
1
0
a)
1
0
r23502
Valid value
available
p23002
Single
measurement
r23506
Splice outputs
enabled
1
0
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)

a.) Probe is activated with the enable signal
b.) Probe acquires a measured value (the enable signal can be withdrawn at any
time), the application reactivates the probe with a rising edge
c.) Probe acquires a new measured value, the application reactivates the probe
with a rising edge
d.) The splice is enabled, which means that the probe is deactivated
e.) Enable signal for the probe control is withdrawn
f.) The splice sequence has been completed (cam outputs of the application were
deactivated by the splice modulo) and the corresponding feedback signals set
g.) The splice enable signal is withdrawn
1 Basic information
1.3 Structure of a splice solution

26
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Fig. 1-12 Splice sequence with one measurement
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
p23200
Enable meas.
Value memory
p23201
Enable splice
p23202
Measured
value valid
r23501
Activate meas.
probe
r23503
Splice
completed
1
0
a)
1
0
r23502
Valid value
p23002
Single
measurement
r23506
Splice outputs
enabled
1
0
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)

a.) Probe is activated with the enable signal
b.) Probe acquires a measured value (the enable signal can be withdrawn at any
time), the probe is not reactivated
c.) Enable signal for the measuring probe is withdrawn
d.) The splice is enabled
e.) Splice sequence has been completed (cam outputs of the application were
deactivated by the splice modulo) and the corresponding feedback signal set
f.) Splice enable signal is withdrawn
1 Basic information
1.3 Structure of a splice solution

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 27

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Script support to calculate the splice parameters

A script is provided in the project example to simply calculate the splice
parameters; this script can be run after the closed-loop position control has been
activated. Alternatively, you can also copy the script by copying the subsequent
text into a script that has been newly created at the winder drive:
Dim haft
haft=MsgBox("Claims against us - irrespective of the legal grounds - resulting from
the use of the standard application are excluded. Such an exclusion shall not apply
where liability is mandatory e.g. under the German Product Liability Act involving
intent, gross negligence, or injury of life, body or health, guarantee for the quality of
a product, fraudulent concealment of a deficiency or non-performance. Claims of
the purchaser for compensation relating to non-performance of essential contract
obligations shall be limited to foreseeable damages typically covered by a contract
unless intent, willful misconduct or gross negligence is involved or injury of life,
body or health. The above stipulations shall not change the burden of proof to your
detriment. Copyright 2010 Siemens Industry Sector." & vbCrLf & vbCrLf &"Do you
accept these conditions?", 4404, "Liability disclaimer")
If haft=6 Then


'Read inputs
SRT = CSng(InputBox(" Please enter a value for the response time of the splice
roll in ms!" & vbNewLine & "This is used for deadtime compensation."))
KRT = CSng(InputBox(" Please enter a value for the response time of the knife in
ms!" & vbNewLine & "This is used for deadtime compensation."))
STP = CSng(InputBox(" Please enter a value to apply the splice roll before the
splice in mm!" & vbNewLine & "The splice roll is pressed onto the roll earlier by this
distance."))
TOP = CSng(InputBox(" Please enter a value in degrees for lifting the splice roll
after the splice!" & vbNewLine & "After the splice, the splice roll remains in the
splice position for this angle."))
DSK = CSng(InputBox(" Please enter a value for the distance between the splice
roll and knife in mm!"))
OVLP = CSng(InputBox(" Please enter a value for the overlap of the material from
the old and new roll in mm!" & vbNewLine & "Minimum distance between the splice
roll and knife!"))
TOK = CSng(InputBox(" Please enter a value in degrees for lifting the knife after
the splice!" & vbNewLine & "After the splice, the knife remains in the splice position
for this angle."))
OTS = CSng(InputBox(" Please enter a value in degrees for the offset between the
sensor (for the splice point detection) and the splice point (the location where the
splice roll is applied)!"))
Diameter = CSng(InputBox(" Please enter a value for the roll diameter for the
splice in mm!"))
LineSpeed = CSng(InputBox(" Please enter a value for the line velocity for the
splice in m/min!"& vbNewLine & "Line speed at splice"))

If DSK > OVLP Then
1 Basic information
1.3 Structure of a splice solution

28
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

OVLP = DSK
End If

'Show inputs
strMsg = "Input parameter:" & vbNewLine & vbNewLine
strMsg = strMsg & Chr(149) & "Response time of the splice roll: " & SRT & " ms" &
vbNewLine & vbNewLine
strMsg = strMsg & Chr(149) & "Response time of the knife: " & KRT & " ms" &
vbNewLine & vbNewLine
strMsg = strMsg & Chr(149) & "Applying the splice roll: " & STP & " mm" &
vbNewLine & vbNewLine
strMsg = strMsg & Chr(149) & "Lifting the splice roll: " & TOP & " Degrees" &
vbNewLine & vbNewLine
strMsg = strMsg & Chr(149) & "Overlap of the material: " & OVLP & " mm" &
vbNewLine & vbNewLine
strMsg = strMsg & Chr(149) & "Distance between the splice roll and knife: " & DSK
& " mm" & vbNewLine & vbNewLine
strMsg = strMsg & Chr(149) & "Lifting the knife: " & TOK & " Degrees" &
vbNewLine & vbNewLine
strMsg = strMsg & Chr(149) & "Offset, sensor splice point: " & OTS & " Degrees" &
vbNewLine & vbNewLine
strMsg = strMsg & Chr(149) & "Roll diameter: " & Diameter & " mm" & vbNewLine
& vbNewLine
strMsg = strMsg & Chr(149) & "Line velocity: " & LineSpeed & " m/min" &
vbNewLine
MsgBox strMsg

'Convert parameters to degrees/1000

ModLength = Parameters(2506, 0)

LengthToDeg = ModLength / (Diameter * 3.14159265)
TimeToDeg = LengthToDeg * LineSpeed / 60
SRTd = SRT * TimeToDeg
KRTd = KRT * TimeToDeg
STPd = STP * LengthToDeg
TOPd = TOP * ModLength / 360
OVLPd = OVLP * LengthToDeg
DSKd = DSK * LengthToDeg
TOKd = TOK * ModLength / 360
OTSd = OTS * ModLength / 360

'Calculate SPLP and outputCam position
Delay1 = KRTd + DSKd - OVLPd
Delay2 = SRTd + STPd
1 Basic information
1.3 Structure of a splice solution

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 29

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


If Delay1 > Delay2 Then
SPLP = Delay1
Else
SPLP = Delay2
End If

SPLP = CLng(((SPLP-(SPLP Mod ModLength))/ModLength + 1) * ModLength +
OTSd)
STON = CLng(SPLP - STPd - SRTd)
STOFF = CLng(SPLP + TOPd)
CUTPOS = CLng(SPLP + OVLPd - DSKd)
KTON = CLng(CUTPOS - KRTd)
KTOFF = CLng(CUTPOS + TOKd)

'Show outputs
strMsg = "Output parameters:" & vbNewLine & vbNewLine
strMsg = strMsg & Chr(149) & "Splice point: " & SPLP & "Degrees" & vbNewLine &
vbNewLine
strMsg = strMsg & Chr(149) & "Position for the splice roll ON: " & STON &
"Degrees" & vbNewLine & vbNewLine
strMsg = strMsg & Chr(149) & "Position for the splice roll OFF: " & STOFF &
"Degrees" & vbNewLine & vbNewLine
strMsg = strMsg & Chr(149) & "Cutting position: " & CUTPOS & "Degrees" &
vbNewLine & vbNewLine
strMsg = strMsg & Chr(149) & "Position for knife ON: " & KTON & "Degrees" &
vbNewLine & vbNewLine
strMsg = strMsg & Chr(149) & "Position for knife OFF: " & KTOFF & "Degrees" &
vbNewLine & vbNewLine

MsgBox strMsg

'Write parameters
Parent.Parent.Units("Winder").Symbols("p23003") = KTON 'Knife on position
KTON (deg*1000)
Parent.Parent.Units("Winder").Symbols("p23004") = KTOFF 'Knife off position
KTOFF (deg*1000)
Parent.Parent.Units(" Winder").Symbols("p23005") = STON 'Roll on position
STON (deg*1000)
Parent.Parent.Units(" Winder").Symbols("p23006") = STOFF 'Roll off position
STOFF (deg*1000)

Else
MsgBox "Script run has been interrupted!", 4112, "Note"
End If
1 Basic information
1.3 Structure of a splice solution

30
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750


2 Functions of the winder application
2.1 Tasks that can be implemented using this application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 31

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

2 Functions of the winder application
2.1 Tasks that can be implemented using this application
This application is used to control rotating equipment and machines to wind or
unwind a material web (film, paper, wire, foil, etc.)
The "winder" application conditions the signals that are required to control the
winder axis. These signals include speed and torque.
The "winder" application comprises drive control blocks (DCBs) that generate
setpoints from the system variables. These system variables include, for instance,
material velocity and acceleration, the selected control mode, possibly the dancer
roll actual position and tension actual value for the winder axis. Depending on the
control mode these are speed setpoints, torque limits and torque setpoints. The
application handles all of the essential open-loop winder control functions - such as
diameter calculation, moment of inertia calculation or sets the sign as a function of
the winding direction. Further, it is also possible to control splicing.

2 Functions of the winder application
2.2 Characteristics and features of the "winder" application

32
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750


2.2 Characteristics and features of the "winder"
application
The following characteristics and features were taken into account in the standard
application and these can actually be used:
Diameter computer

The actual diameter is obtained from the ratio between the web setpoint velocity
and the actual speed. The diameter value is required, among other things, to
convert the web velocity into the corresponding motor speed.
There is optional the division method:
] rpm [ n
]
min
m
[ V
] m [ D
act
set
act
=
or the integrating method:

=
ta
0
act
ta
0
set
act
n
V
] m [ D
available, whereas the integrating method delivers smoother diameter actual
values and therefore it is more suitable for low speed values.

In operation (e.g. depending on the actual velocity) it is always possible to change
over between the calculation using the division technique and the integration
technique. For example, at very low speeds where the division technique cannot
provide any satisfactory calculation results, this allows the integration technique to
be started. At high speeds, where the calculation interval is significantly increased
(automatically) in order to obtain satisfactory results, it is possible to again change
back to the division technique.
Further, is also possible to connect a diameter sensor and to use this instead of
calculating the diameter.
It is also possible to calculate the diameter using the material thickness by counting
the number of layers of material.
For dancer control, it is possible to reduce the influence of the dancer movement to
the diameter computer by different adjustment values.
2 Functions of the winder application
2.2 Characteristics and features of the "winder" application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 33

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Winding hardness characteristic

A winding hardness characteristic is required if the tension, with which the material
is being wound, is to be decreased as the diameter of the roll being wound
increases. The winding hardness control is only effective while winding and it only
makes sense to use it here. The winding hardness characteristic depends on the
actual diameter. There are 4 different characteristics that are available to calculate
a winding hardness characteristic:
Maximum tension decrease at infinity
Maximum tension decrease at the maximum diameter
Linear tension decrease
Free characteristic
Controller adaptation

The gain of the tension controller can be adapted as a function of the diameter.
This permits a higher controller gain to be used at large diameters
The speed controller gain in the drive can be adapted as a function of the
moment of inertia of the roll being wound. This is also necessary for a full roll
so that this can be moved with a fast response time

Inertia compensation (acceleration pre-control)
While the material is being accelerated and decelerated, a compensating torque
can be entered into the drive. This compensating torque comprises a variable and
a constant moment of inertia. This compensating torque is used to dynamically
respond to velocity changes.
The inertia compensation avoids tension dips or tension increases due to velocity
changes. This pre-control is especially required for indirect tension control - but
also for tension control using a tension transducer.
The inertia compensation (acceleration pre-control) is adjusted and set-up when
the winder system is being commissioned.
Friction compensation
The frictional losses are compensated using a parameterizable polygon
characteristic with 10 points along the characteristic. These points must be
determined when commissioning the system. For SINAMICS these points along
the characteristic can be automatically traced and recorded. (also see Chapter 13.1
Commissioning the application).

Tension operation
Tension operation can only be selected in the operation (run) mode and not if a
web break signal is present. The machine must always be stationary when
changing over from web to tension operation and vice versa.
2 Functions of the winder application
2.2 Characteristics and features of the "winder" application

34
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Maneuvering and jogging
The application offers maneuvering and jogging functionality. The maneuvering
input can, e.g. be connected to an analog input and allows the internal web velocity
setpoint to be influenced as a percentage. The setpoint can be influenced in two
ways:
The web setpoint is multiplied by the maneuvering setpoint
The web setpoint is added to the maneuvering setpoint
Both maneuvering types can be combined.

Jogging operation is selected using the "Jog" signal. Jogging can only be selected
when tension operation is switched-out. A jog setpoint (web velocity setpoint) can
be directly entered via the interface.
A basic ramp-function generator is available for the jog setpoints.

Maneuvering is not possible while jogging.
Synchronizing and stopping
Winder stopping can be selected for the splice function, the web length braking and
as a function that can be directly controlled. To achieve this, the actual web velocity
is ramped down to zero along an adjustable ramp. As standard, the tension
controller enable is withdrawn, which means that the actual diameter value is held
(frozen). Using this function, it is also possible to synchronize a new roll to the web
velocity using an additional ramp time (also known as catching up) in order to
prepare for a flying splice (flying roll change).

Web speed ramp function generator
Using the ramp function generator for web speed, it is possible to use the winder
drive as common machine speed master. Therefore the setpoint on the output of
the ramp function generator can be used as speed setpoint for the nip drive or
other machine drives.
The ramp function generator has a jerk limitation.
Web length braking
It is possible to set a final value for the web length and automatically brake at this
particular point. From the start of braking (where the brake is applied), which is
obtained from the selected braking ramp and the actual web velocity, the winder
changes from tension-controlled operation into web operation and stops, open-loop
controlled at the web length setpoint.
Note
From the point where the brake is applied, the winder brakes with closed-loop
velocity control. This must be correspondingly taken into account at the
coordinated drives.
Web length braking is pure open-loop controlled braking and is not closed-loop
position controlled. As a consequence, small deviations from the setpoint cannot
be avoided; these are as a result of the sampling times of the function and
system deviations from the setpoint.


2 Functions of the winder application
2.2 Characteristics and features of the "winder" application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 35

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


Web break detection
The web break detection is active when the tension control is switched-in. The
web-detection function is configured differently depending on the control type.
Direct tension control with tension transducer and torque limiting
A web break is detected when a selectable minimum tension is fallen below or if
the speed controller intervenes (when the drive no longer operates at the torque
limit).
In the case of a web break, the speed controller intervenes and controls the
circumferential velocity of the drive to the specified web velocity setpoint plus the
selected overcontrol value.
Direct tension control with tension transducer and speed correction
A web break is detected when a selectable minimum torque is fallen below.
In the case of a web break, the speed controller intervenes and controls () the
circumferential velocity of the drive to the specified web velocity setpoint plus the
output limit of the tension controller.
Direct tension control with dancer roll and speed correction
A web break is detected when a selectable dancer roll end position is exceeded.
When the web breaks, the dancer roll drops to its lower limit. The position controller
goes to its limit. The speed controller controls () the circumferential velocity of the
drive to the specified web velocity setpoint plus the output limit of the position
controller.
Indirect tension control
A web break is detected when a selectable minimum torque is fallen below or if the
speed controller intervenes (when the drive no longer operates at the torque limit).
When the web breaks, the speed controller intervenes and controls () the
circumferential velocity of the drive to the specified web velocity setpoint plus the
selected overcontrol value.
Constant v control
Web breaks can not be detected in case of constant v control,an external web
break detection device must be used.

After a web break has been detected,
The diameter computer is held,
Tension operation is disabled, and
The tension controller is inhibited (the enable signal is withdrawn)

2 Functions of the winder application
2.2 Characteristics and features of the "winder" application

36
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Fast stop
SINAMICS drive converters have three shutdown modes as standard.
In the OFF 1 mode, the motor is braked down to zero speed (standstill)
along the down-ramp of the ramp-function generator and the pulses are
then inhibited.
For the OFF 2 mode, the drive converter is immediately shut down. The
motor coasts down and the mechanical brake is activated.
For the OFF 3 mode, the motor is braked along a fast stop ramp that can
be parameterized and then the pulses are inhibited.
NOTICE If the OFF3 mode is used in conjunction with closed-loop tension control
via the torque limits, then for SINAMICS S and G, parameter p1551 should
be interconnected to r899.5. This means that after OFF3 has been selected,
the full torque that has been enabled - is available for braking!
In the OFF1 mode it is absolutely necessary that the tension mode is
deselected.
For SINAMICS DCM, it is absolutely necessary for OFF1 and OFF3 that the
tension mode is deselected.


CAUTION In normal operation, the winder operates in synchronism with the web
velocity. This means that the standard switch-off modes result in a loss of
coordination, which can result in a web break or the formation of material
loops.


For the winder application, there is also the possibility of braking the winder
along a web velocity-referred ramp; this is described under the
synchronizing and stopping function.
Generally, it is necessary to stop the winder, coordinated with the drives that are
connected through the material web. In this case, it is sufficient to brake the drive
that specifies the web velocity actual value for the winder, i.e. the drive of the so-
called nip position. The winder can then be braked in a coordinated fashion (e.g. in
tension control) and can then be deactivated when the machine comes to a
standstill.
CAUTION Is constant v control used, a coordinated stop can only be realized using r
control word for the winder

2 Functions of the winder application
2.2 Characteristics and features of the "winder" application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 37

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Execution groups
Several execution groups are available when operating the application:


Integrating diameter computer: the additional calculations necessary for
the integration technique are executed in this execution group; the
execution group is, when required, activated in addition to the execution
group "diameter computer"; if only the division technique is required, then
the execution group can be set to "do not calculate",
Diameter computer: The diameter is calculated and the actual values
necessary for this are sensed in this execution group. This execution group
is always required,
Winding hardness computer: In this execution group, using a
parameterizable characteristic, the decrease of the tension setpoint is
calculated as a function of the actual diameter; this execution group is only
required for winders using the tension control technique with tension
transducer and only when it is necessary to reduce the winding hardness;
it can be set to "do not calculate" for the other configurations.
Tension - dancer roll controller: This execution group is required for all
control techniques with the exception of the indirect tension control,
Setpoint computer: The speed and torque setpoints are calculated in this
execution group; this execution group is always required,
2 Functions of the winder application
2.2 Characteristics and features of the "winder" application

38
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Control unit: The control of internal functions is calculated in this
execution group; this execution group is always required,
Web break detection: The web break monitoring function is calculated in
this execution group. If monitoring is not required - or this is externally
realized - the execution group can be set to "do not calculate"
Splice control: the splice control is calculated in this execution group; if a
splice control is not required, then the execution group can be set to "do
not calculate",
6

Length calculator: the web length traveled is calculated in this execution
group; the braking distance for the web length braking and part of the
diameter calculation using a layer counter are also calculated,

6
The splice control can only be used on SINAMICS S units with activated position controller
function module. In order to save memory space and to make it easier for users to integrate the
function, for this example, there is a version with splice and a version without the splice -
otherwise the functionality is identical.
2 Functions of the winder application
2.2 Characteristics and features of the "winder" application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 39

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Notes regarding the computation time requirement
Different utilization levels of the Control Unit computational performance are
obtained depending on the drive unit configuration and depending on the execution
groups of the winder application that have been activated.
Note
The computation time utilization of the Control unit should be observed -
especially for short sampling times (monitoring parameter r9976). If necessary,
the application modules should be processed in a slower sampling time.


Notes for use with SINAMICS S120
The following computation times are required when the standard sampling times
are set in conjunction with a CU320-2 and firmware version 4.5:
Execution group Standard
sampling
time
ms
Computation
time
requirement
%
Own selection
Integrating diameter computer 4 1,0
Diameter computer 4 2,6
Tension-dancer roll controller 4 2,6
Setpoint calculator 4 6,6
Winding hardness characteristic 4 1,5
Controller 4 3,9
Web break detection 4 1,4
Splice control 1 12,7
Length computer 4 1,6

The blocks and @parameters in the DCC charts take up memory space in the
drive unit. In DCC-SINAMICS with the CU320-2 module on SINAMICS S120,
S150, G130, G150, a maximum of 1500 blocks and 1500 @-parameters can be
configured. Without making any changes, due to the number of blocks (500 with
splice, 418 without splice) and parameters the winder application can have a
maximum of 3 winder axes on one SINAMICS S120 drive unit.
2 Functions of the winder application
2.2 Characteristics and features of the "winder" application

40
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Example configurations
Basic winder with indirect closed-loop tension control:
Execution group Sampling time
ms
Computation
time requirement
%
Integrating diameter computer Do not calculate 0
Diameter computer 4 2,6
Tension-dancer roll controller Do not calculate 0
Setpoint calculator 4 6,6
Winding hardness characteristic Do not calculate 0
Control unit 4 3,9
Web break detection Do not calculate 0
Splice control Do not calculate 0
Length computer Do not calculate 0
Total: 13,1

Sophisticated winder with dancer roll control and splice:
Execution group Sampling time
ms
Computation
time requirement
%
Integrating diameter computer 4 1,0
Diameter computer 4 2,6
Tension-dancer roll controller 4 2,6
Setpoint calculator 4 6,6
Winding hardness characteristic 4 1,5
Control unit 4 3,9
Web break detection 4 1,4
Splice control 1 12,7
Length computer 4 1,6
Total: 33,9

Note
The required computation time can be scaled by adapting the sampling times.
For example, by changing the sampling time from 4ms to 8ms the computation
time required can be halved.
The basic utilization of the drive system can be calculated using the Sizer tool.
The necessary computation time of the winder application must then be
additionally available.





3 Automation solution
3.1 Hardware and software components required

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 41

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

3 Automation solution
3.1 Hardware and software components required
Hardware components
CU320-2
7
control module for SINAMICS S
8
and G from firmware version V4.5
HF1 with DCB library TPdcblib_SINAMICS_4_5.3.0[5.0]


SINAMICS DCM from firmware version V1.3.x with
TPdcblib_SINAMICS_4_4.3.0[9.0]
Standard software components
STARTER commissioning tool or Scout from Version 4.3.1.0 with installed DCC for
SINAMICS (SINAMICS S and G from DCC library version
TPdcblib_SINAMICS_4_5.3.0[5.0], SINAMICS DCM from DCC-library version
TPdcblib_SINAMICS_4_4.3.0[9.0])
File examples and projects
All of the files that are used for the application are listed below.
Table 3-1
Component Note
SINAMICS_DCC_Winder_chart_exports_V3_2_0.zip This zipped file contains the XML
export of the DCC charts.
SINAMICS_DCC_Winder_Script_exports_V3_2_0.zip This zipped file contains the XML
export of the script files for
commissioning support.
38043750_DCC_Winder_en_V3_2_0.pdf This document.




7
Further, it is possible to use the application on a SINAMICS S120 drive system with CU320.
The specified partners can be contacted regarding adaptations required for older versions.

8
For SINAMICS S120, several instances of the winder application can be executed on a
CU320-2. The blocks available in the DCC charts and @parameter occupy memory space in
the drive unit. In DCC-SINAMICS with the CU320-2 module on SINAMICS S120, S150, G130,
G150, a maximum of 1500 blocks and 1500 @parameters can be configured. Without making
any changes, as a result of the number of blocks (500 with splice, 418 without splice) and
parameters the winder application can have a maximum of 3 winder axes running on a
SINAMICS S120 drive unit. The necessary computation time depends on the winder application
functions used and this must be taken into consideration when designing the system. Data
regarding the computation time requirement of the individual execution groups is provided in
Chapter 2.2 Characteristics and features of the "winder" application.

3 Automation solution
3.1 Hardware and software components required

42
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

4 Installing the hardware and software
4.1 For your safety

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 43

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

4 Installing the hardware and software
4.1 For your safety
4.1.1 Safety information and instructions
Pictograms, signal words and text
Every piece of safety information & instruction in this document is designated by
text graphics comprising pictogram and signal word, and supplemented by
explanatory text. A clear classification according to the degree of the potential
hazard is provided as a result of the combination of pictogram and signal word.
Safety information/instructions are provided in front of the information regarding
activities to be executed.
Classification
There are three different stages regarding safety information/instructions. These
are designated by the same pictogram. They differ by the signal word.


!

DANGER
DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, will result in death or serious injury.



!

WARNING
WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
could result in death or serious injury.


NOTICE
NOTICE
used without the safety alert symbol indicates a potential situation which,
if not avoided, may result in an undesirable result or state.

4.1.2 Responsibilities of the operator
Correct operation and use
The correct use of the application components exclusively relates to the test set-
ups that were adapted to the power/performance of the application components. In
order that the application functions perfectly, the required standard SINAMICS
components as well as also the necessary hardware and software components
must be installed.
The company/person operating the system may only make changes to the
application components after having received written authorization from the
suppliers.
Misuse
The following are considered to be misuse:
4 Installing the hardware and software
4.1 For your safety

44
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Any application deviating from the use specified above - or applications that go
beyond the specified use.
Non-observance of the safety information and instructions.
If faults that could have a negative impact on the safety are not immediately
resolved/removed.
Any changes/modifications to equipment/devices that are used to ensure
perfect function and operation, unrestricted use as well as active or passive
safety.
If recommended hardware and software components are not used.
If the application components are not in a perfect technical condition, are not
operated conscious of safety and hazards and not taking into account all of the
instructions provided in the documentation.
The manufacturer assumes no liability for incorrect use (misuse).
Responsible for monitoring
The company or person operating the system is responsible in continually
monitoring the overall technical status of the application components (defects and
damage that can be externally identified as well as changes in the operating
behavior & characteristics).
The company/person operating the system is responsible in ensuring that the
application is only operated in a perfect state. He must check the state of the
application components before they are used and must ensure that any defect is
removed before commissioning.
Qualification of personnel
The operating company/person may only deploy trained, authorized and reliable
personnel. In so doing, all safety regulations must be carefully observed.
Personnel must receive special instructions regarding the hazards/dangers that
can occur.
5 Selecting the control concept
5.1 Control concepts

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 45

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

5 Selecting the control concept
5.1 Control concepts
The standard application allows the following control concepts to be implemented:

Indirect tension control (without tension transducer)
Direct tension control with dancer roll or tension transducer
constant v control

These control concepts will be briefly described in the following text. It is only
possible to changeover between the different control techniques after the drive
pulses have been inhibited.
5.1.1 Indirect tension control ("tension control")
This technique does not require a device to measure the tension (i.e. no tension
transducer). The tension controller is not used. Instead, the tension setpoint
(tension reference value) is multiplied by the radius and the result is directly
entered as torque limit. This means that the motor torque increases linearly as the
diameter increases - and the tension is kept constant. In this case, the speed
controller is operated at its limit (overcontrol).
Here, it is important that the friction and accelerating torques are precisely
compensated so that the pre-controlled torque setpoint results in the best possible
approximation to the required material tension.
For this control type it must be ensured that the mechanical losses are kept as low
as possible. This means no worm gears, no open intermediate radios, for
herringbone gearing the direction of rotation should match the direction of rotation
indicated by the arrow on the gear unit, the lowest possible loss differences
between gearboxes in the warm and cold states.
5.1.2 Direct control with dancer roll and speed correction
The material web is routed over a dancer roll. The dancer roll attempts to deflect
the material web with a defined force. A potentiometer detects the deflection of the
dancer roll (dancer roll position) - e.g. a field-plate potentiometer. This is used as a
measure of the material tension.
The material tension depends on the force of retraction of the dancer roll
suspension system. Often, there are additional factors that influence the tension
actual value as a result of the geometrical arrangement (for example the distance
to reversing rollers that are possibly being used in the application) and the weight
of the dancer roll itself. However, with a careful mechanical design these effects
can be eliminated or sufficiently minimized.
The dancer roll position controller, superimposed over the speed controller corrects
the position actual value to track the position setpoint (e.g. the dancer roll center
position). In this case, the position controller inputs a velocity correction setpoint
into the speed controller.
Generally, the position setpoint (position reference value) is not an external signal,
but is parameterized as fixed value.
For dancer rolls with a support force that can either be pneumatically or
hydraulically adjusted, decreasing winding hardness can be implemented using the
5 Selecting the control concept
5.1 Control concepts

46
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

winding hardness characteristic. The output signal of the winding hardness
characteristic can be used as required.
When a dancer roll is used as actual value transmitter, this has the advantage that
the dancer roll (when the stroke is selected long enough) simultaneously serves as
storage element for the material web. This means that it already is a ' tension
controller'. Although dancer roll controls are quite complex, they offer unbeatable
control characteristics.

The material web storage function has a damping effect on
Rolls of material that are not completely round (out-of-true)
Jumps between layers - e.g. when winding cables
Roll changes
5.1.3 Direct tension control with tension transducer via the torque limits
A tension transducer directly senses the material tension. Its output signal is
proportional to the tension and is fed to the tension controller as actual value
signal. This means that in this case the tension controller is effective and directly
controls the tension of the material web. As for indirect tension control, the speed
controller operates in the drive in the overcontrolled condition. The drive is at one
of the two torque limits and is controlled through these torque limits. The correction
value from the tension controller acts on these torque limits. Supplementary torque
setpoints from the acceleration pre-control, the winding hardness characteristic and
the friction characteristic are additionally switched to the torque limits.
For this technique, it is not necessary to intervene in the material web as is the
case for a dancer roll system. However, contrary to a dancer roll, this system does
not have a material storage function.

5.1.4 Direct tension control with tension transducer and speed correction
Also for this control type, a tension transducer is used to sense the tension that is
then fed to the tension controller as actual value. In this case, the tension controller
output acts as velocity correction value on the speed controller. Accelerating
torque, frictional torque and tension are pre-controlled. Contrary to the dancer roll
control, the control with tension transducer has no material storage function.
5.1.5 Constant v control
The previously described control methods depend on a nip position, where the web
speed is kept constant.
If no nip position exists, a tension control cannot be realized.
Constant v control means, that the web tension cannot be controlled by the winder
drive. The web speed must be determined by a web tachometer. The web speed
actual value from this tachometer is used to calculate the actual diameter. The
winder is controlled to run with constant web speed. Accelerating torque, frictional
torque and tension are pre-controlled.
5 Selecting the control concept
5.2 Comparison of the control concepts

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 47

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

5.2 Comparison of the control concepts
The most important criteria when selecting a suitable control concept are
summarized in the following table:
control
concept
Indirect
tension control
Direct tension
control with
dancer roll and
speed
correction
Direct tension
control with
tension
transducer via
the torque
limits
Direct tension
control with
tension
transducer and
speed
correction
constant v
control
Information
regarding the
tension actual
value sensing
Tension actual
value sensing is
not required
Intervenes in
the material
web routing,
ability to store
material
Sensitive to
overload, does
not intervene in
the web routing
Sensitive to
overload, does
not intervene in
the web routing
no tension
actual value
sensing
Winding ratio
core
D
D
max

Up to approx.
10:1, good
compensation
of
dt
dv
and
friction required
From
experience, up
to approx. 15:1
From
experience, up
to approx. 15:1,
precise
dt
dv

compensation
required
From
experience, up
to approx. 15:1,
precise
dt
dv

compensation
required
up to approx.
15:1
Tension range
min
max
Z
Z

Up to approx.
6:1 for good
compensation
of the friction
and
dt
dv

Can only be
changed if the
dancer roll
support can be
set
Up to approx.
20:1 for precise
dt
dv

compensation
Up to approx.
20:1 for precise
dt
dv

compensation
not relevant
Winding ratio
tension range
min
max max
Z
Z
D
D
core

Generally up to
40:1

Depends
heavily on the
type of dancer
roll support - up
to approx. 40:1
Up to 100:1,
essentially
depends on the
tension actual
value signal
Up to 100:1,
essentially
depends on the
tension actual
value signal
not relevant
Web velocity Up to 600
m/min for good
compensation
Up to over 2000
m/min
Up to 2000
m/min for
precise
dt
dv

compensation
Over 2000
m/min
depending from
mechanical
construction
Control
concept,
preferably
used for
Sheet steel,
textiles, paper
Rubber, cable,
wire, textiles,
foils, paper
Paper, thin foils Elastic
expandable
material
sorter
Nip position
required
Yes Yes Yes Yes No
web
tachometer
required
No No No No Yes
6 Winder checklist
6.1 Checklist for realization of a winder application

48
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

6 Winder checklist
6.1 Checklist for realization of a winder application
Designation Value Units
Minimum diameter Dmin [m]
Maximum diameter Dmax [m]
diameter ratio Dmax / Dmin [--]

Minimum tension Fmin [N]
Maximum tension Fmax [N]
tension ratio Fmax / Fmin [--]

minimum torque Mmin [Nm]
maximum torque Mmax [Nm]
torque ratio Mmax / Mmin [--]

Motor type (synchronous / induction) [--]
Rated motor torque MN [Nm]
Rated motor frequency fN [Hz]
Rated motor speed n
N
[rpm]
Motor moment of inertia [kg*m^2]
Gear unit moment of inertia [kg*m^2]
Motor encoder system (resolver, encoder...) [--]

Maximum web velocity vmax [m/min]
maximum winder speed for vmax, Dmin [rpm]
Minimum required web velocity vmin [m/min]
minimum winder speed for vmin, Dmax [rpm]
Gear unit ratio i=n1/n2 [--]
maximum motor speed for vmax, Dmin [rpm]
maximum field weakening [--]

Drive, Order No. [--]

Tension measuring system (dancer roll/tension transducer) [--]
Specified tension accuracy F/Fmax [%]


Diameter sensor (yes/no) [--]


Wound material width B [m]
Wound material length L [m]
Wound material thickness D [m]
Wound material density [kg/m^3]
maximum wound roll moment of inertia [kg*m^2]
Flying roll change [--]
6 Winder checklist
6.1 Checklist for realization of a winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 49

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

This checklist should be used to list customer requirements in order to investigate
the feasibility of the winder application. The fields with white background must
be completed; the fields with gray background can be calculated using the
appropriate formulas from the collection.
This checklist is provided in the Attachments to this documentation - and is also
available as form that should then be completed. This can then be easily e-mailed
to the Application Center. This checklist only serves to estimate whether the
application is suitable for the actual winder requirements. It is not used to select
and dimension drive components!
7 Short collection of formulas
0

50
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

7 Short collection of formulas

7.1 Calculations relevant for winder

D
core

D
V
F
J
2

n
2

n
1

M
J
1

Gear unit (i = n1 / n2)
b
Mb

(1) Winding ratio:

(

=
mm
mm
D
D
q
core
max

(2) Speed [rpm]:

| | rpm
D
V
n

=
(3) Winding torque referred to the rotor shaft [Nm]:

(

=
1
mm N
i 2000
D F
M
w


(4) Winding power [kW]:

(

=
1
min / Nm
i 2000
V F
P
w


7 Short collection of formulas
7.1 Calculations relevant for winder

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 51

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


(5) Gear unit ratio, max. motor speed / max. sleeve/core speed:

(


= =
min / m
min / mm
V 1000
n D
n
n
i
max
max core
2
1

(6) Moment of inertia, full/solid cylinder [kg m
2
]:



(7) Moment of inertia, hollow cylinder [kg m
2
]:

( ) ( )
(
(

=
3
4
4
core 4
12
4
core
4
6
dm
mm kg mm
D D b
10 32
D D
10 8
m
J
(8) Moment of inertia reduction through a gearbox:

2
2
1
i
J
J =
(9) Fixed moment of inertia [kg m
2
]
determined by the fixed parts and components of the winder (motor, gearbox and wound
roll/core) referred to the motor shaft

2
core
gear motor F
i
J
J J J + + =
(10) Variable moment of inertia [kg m
2
]

( )
(
(





=
3
4
4
core
4
2 12
v
dm
mm kg mm
D D
i 10 32
b
J
(11) Accelerating torque referred to the motor shaft [Nm] for accelerating time t
b

( )
v f
b
b
J J
t
V
D 3
i 100
M +


=
(

=
3
4
4
12
2
6
dm
mm kg mm
D b
10 32
D
10 8
m
J
7 Short collection of formulas
7.1 Calculations relevant for winder

52
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750



(12) Accelerating power [kW]

( )
v f
b
2
2
b b
J J
t
V
D 9
v i 10
M
D 30
V i
P +

=
(13) Rated motor torque [Nm]

N
N
N
n
P 9549
M

=
(14) Wound roll storage - capacity for flat materials [m]:

( )
2
core
2
Max
D D
d 4000
l

=
(15) Wound roll storage - capacity for round materials [m]:

( )
2
core
2
Max
2
R
D D
D 3 2000
b
l


=
(16) Relative storage capability depending on the winding ratio:
q 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2
max
q
1
1
l
l
=

75 %

88.9%

93.8%

96%

97.2%

98%

98.4%

98.8%

99%

(17) Winding time [s]:

v
l
60 t =

7 Short collection of formulas
7.2 Calculations relevant for splicing

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 53

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

7.2 Calculations relevant for splicing
(18) Conversion factor from mm to LU

* Diameter
revolution per LU
mmToLU =
(19) Conversion factor from degrees to LU

360
revolution per LU
degToLU =
(20) Conversion factor from ms to LU

60
LineSpeed
* mmToLU msToLU =
(21) Delay time when activating the knife
mmToLU * OVLP - mmToLU * DSK msToLU * KRT Delay
KNIFE
+ =
(22) Delay time when activating the splice roll
mmToLU * STP msToLU * SRT Delay
L SPLICE_ROL
+ =
(23) Maximum delay in revolutions
1
revolution per LU
) Delay , MAX(Delay
TRUNC DelayRev
PLICE_ROLL S KNIFE
+
|
|
.
|

\
|
=
(24) Splice point calculation
degToLU * OTS revolution per LU * DelayRev SPLP + =
(25) Cutting point calculation
mmToLU * DSK mmToLU * OVLP SPLP CUT + =
7 Short collection of formulas
7.2 Calculations relevant for splicing

54
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

(26) Calculation output cam for knife control
msToLU * KRT CUT KTON =
degToLU * TOK CUT KTOFF + =
(27) Calculation output cam for splice roll control
msToLU * SRT mmToLU * STP SPLP STON =
degtoLU * TOP SPLP STOFF + =


7 Short collection of formulas
7.2 Calculations relevant for splicing

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 55

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


Formulas and dimensions used
b = material width [mm]
b
max
= maximum material width of the wound roll [mm],
d = material thickness [mm]
D = actual diameter [mm]
D
core
= core or sleeve diameter [mm]
D
Max
= maximum diameter [mm]
D
R
= diameter of round materials [mm]
F = tension [N]
i = gear unit ratio (refer to (5))
J = moment of inertia [kgm
2
]
J
F
= fixed moment of inertia as a result of the unchanging parts of the winder
(motor, gear unit + winder core) referred to the motor shaft [kgm
2
]
l = material length [m]
l
max
= maximum material length (for a core diameter 0 mm) [m]
J
gear
= moment of inertia of the gear unit referred to the motor shaft [kgm
2
]
J
core
= moment of inertia of the winding core [kgm
2
]
J
motor
= moment of inertia of the motor [kgm
2
]
J
V
= variable moment of inertia as a result of the material being wound -
referred to the motor shaft [kgm
2
] (refer to (10))
m = weight [kg]
M
w
= winding torque referred to the motor shaft [Nm]
M
b
= accelerating torque referred to the motor shaft [Nm]
M
bF
% = percentage accelerating torque as a result of the fixed moment of inertia J
F

at the minimum diameter [% of M
N
] (refer to the formula (1.2))
M
bV
% = percentage accelerating torque as a result of the variable moment of inertia
J
V
at maximum diameter and maximum width [% of M
N
] (refer to the formula (1.5))
M
N
= rated motor torque [Nm] (refer to (13))
n = speed [rpm]
n
max
= maximum motor speed [rpm] (no-load speed at maximum field weakening)
n
N
= rated motor speed at rated voltage and rated motor field current [rpm]
P
b
= accelerating power [kW]
P
M
= required motor power [kW]
P
N
= rated motor power [kW]
P
w
= winding power [kW]
q = winding ratio (refer to (1) )
= specific weight [kg/dm
3
]
t = winding time [s]
t
b
= accelerating time [s]
t
h
= time for the web velocity to ramp-up/accelerate from 0 to V
max
[s]
V = web velocity [m/min]
V
max
= maximum web velocity [m/min]
V = velocity difference [m/min]

7 Short collection of formulas
7.3 Selecting the winding ratio (winding range)

56
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

7.3 Selecting the winding ratio (winding range)
Winding operation is discussed in the following. The same essentially applies for
unwinding.
The winding ratio is given by the following quotient:
core
max
D
D

The quantity that can be actually wound as a % is, according to the
formula (14):
4
) D - (D core
2
max
2


For a winding ratio of 6:1 then the winding length that can be used is already ~
~

97 %.
7.4 Power and torque
The power required for winding is constant over the complete winding range if, at
the selected web velocity, the selected tension when being wound is to be kept
constant (also refer to formula 4).

(3.1) Winding power P
w
:
kW
10 60
V d b F
= P
3
s
W



b = operating width in mm
d = operating thickness in mm
V = web velocity in m/min
F
s
= specific material tension in
N/(mm
2
material cross-section
surface)
The torque required increases linearly with the diameter of the roll being wound.

7 Short collection of formulas
7.5 Defining the signs

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 57

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

7.5 Defining the signs
These definitions are independent of the particular operating mode for winders or
unwinders.
The values for the tension setpoint and the tension actual value must have a
positive sign. The remaining signs are obtained according to the following table (for
reverse operation, a negative value can also be entered at the velocity setpoint if
forwards and reverse operation is required).
The following winding types are possible when operating the winder. The
definitions of the sign of the speed, torque and velocity in the various modes are
listed in the table.

Winding type A Winding type B Winding type C Winding type D
Winder,
winding from the top
v
+
n
+
M
+

Winder,
winding from the bottom
v
+
n
-
M
-

Unwinder,
winding from the top
v
+
n
+
M
-

Unwinder,
winding from the bottom
v
+
n
-
M
+

Control signals:
Winder = 1
Winding from the
bottom = 0
Control signals:
Winder = 1
Winding from the
bottom = 1
Control signals:
Winder = 0
Winding from the
bottom = 0
Control signals:
Winder = 0
Winding from the
bottom = 1

Note
The signs listed above are obtained when the motor is turning with a clockwise
direction of rotation and a positive web velocity from the left to the right. The web
routing for a positive web velocity from right to left is shown as a dotted line.


7 Short collection of formulas
7.6 Selecting the motor

58
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

7.6 Selecting the motor
The standard axial winder application with DCC is suitable for synchronous,
induction and DC motors without any differences in the behavior of the
application's own closed-loop control.
When selecting the motors, we recommend that the following points are observed:

An actual value encoder is already integrated in the motor
Good field weakening behavior permits a smaller motor to be selected
Forced cooling integrated in the motor as standard ensures that there is
sufficient cooling at low speeds and high torques. At the field weakening
speeds, no increased noise level as a result of the fan when compared to
non-ventilated motors.

Note
Refer to the Sizer engineering program for engineering/configuring information
on synchronous, induction and DC motors.


7.7 Dimensioning the gear unit
The gear unit is dimensioned together with the machinery construction company
(OEM).
7.8 Selecting the drive converter
The drive is selected and dimensioned using the Sizer engineering tool.

7 Short collection of formulas
7.8 Selecting the drive converter

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 59

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Integrating the core functions
Contents
All of the steps necessary to integrate the core "Winder with DCC" functions in your
application are explained in the "Integrating the core functions" section.
Preparatory activities and parameterization operations are explained.
8 Control and status words of the winder
8.1 Control word

60
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

8 Control and status words of the winder
8.1 Control word
Bit Winder control word Value 0 Value 1
Bit 00 Winder type Unwinder Winder
Bit 01 Winding configuration Winding from the top Winding from the bottom
Bit 02 n.b. n.b. n.b.
Bit 03 Jogging No jogging Jogging
Bit 04 Jogging, bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 1
0 0 No jogging
1 0 Jogging, fixed setpoint 1
effective
0 1 Jogging, fixed setpoint 2
effective
1 1 Jogging setpoint input
with p21638 (connector
input) effective
Bit 05 Jogging, bit 1
Bit 06 Web / tension operation Web velocity control
(speed-controlled)
Web-tension control
effective
Bit 07 Hold diameter
(only possible for tension
operation)
Diameter computer
enabled
Diameter computer is
held
Bit 08 Set diameter
(only possible when the pulses are
inhibited)
- Diameter computer is set
Bit 09 Use the saved diameter as setting
value
The set diameter setting
value is used when
setting
The retentively saved
diameter actual value is
used as setting value
Bit 10 Enable tension operation from
synchronization
Web velocity control
(closed-loop speed
control)
Web tension control
active
Bit 11 Winder as web speed master Web speed setpoint is
generated by nip position.
Web speed setpoint is
generated from the
winder.
This setpoint must be
connected to the nip
position.
Bit 12 Ramp stop speed master normal operation Internal ramp function
generator ramps down
with ramp down time.
Bit 13 fast stop speed master normal operation Internal ramp function
generator ramps down
with fast ramp down time.
Bit 14 n.b. n.b. n.b.
Bit 15 n.b. n.b. n.b.
8 Control and status words of the winder
8.1 Control word

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 61

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


The status word can be entered either via PROFIBUS, fixed bits or via digital inputs
bit-serially (p22050 to p22059) or as word (p22100).

Detailed information about the interconnection of the control word can be found in
chapter 11 Parameter description.
8 Control and status words of the winder
8.2 Status word

62
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

8.2 Status word
Bit Winder status word Value 0 Value 1
Bit 00 Winder type Unwinder Winder
Bit 01 Winding configuration Winding from the top Winding from the bottom
Bit 02 Web / tension operation Web velocity control
(speed-controlled)
Web tension control
Bit 03 Jogging - Jogging
Bit 04 Status, diameter computer Inactive Active
Bit 05 Diameter increase is limited - The plausibility check
limits a significant
increase in the diameter
actual value
Bit 06 Diameter decrease is limited - The plausibility check
limits a significant
decrease in the diameter
actual value
Bit 07 Diameter actual value is limited to
the maximum diameter
- The calculated diameter
would lie above the
selected maximum
diameter and is therefore
limited to this
Bit 08 Diameter actual value is limited to
the minimum diameter
- The calculated diameter
would lie below the
selected minimum
diameter and is therefore
limited to this
Bit 09 Web break - Web break detected
Bit 10 Position / tension controller at the
upper limit
- The output of the position
/ tension controller is
limited to a maximum
value
Bit 11 Position / tension controller at the
lower limit
- The output of the position
/ tension controller is
limited to a minimum
value
Bit 12 Web velocity caught up - Web velocity is internally
evaluated with 100%
Bit 13 Web velocity stopped - Web velocity is internally
evaluated with 0%
Bit 14 Stopping after splice active - After splice was
completed, stopping was
activated
Bit 15 Stopping after web length braking
active
- Stopping was activated to
reach the selected web
length

The status word r22102 can be signaled back to the higher-level automation
system.

8 Control and status words of the winder
8.3 Winder interface to the automation system

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 63

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

8.3 Winder interface to the automation system
The application assumes the following inputs:
Control word (in function diagram WI1010)
Tension setpoint (in function diagram WI1120)
Tension actual value
9
(in function diagram WI1150)
Position setpoint
10
(in function diagram WI1130)
Position actual value (in function diagram WI1150)
Web velocity actual value (as a ramp) (in function diagram WI1111)
Maneuvering value (when needed) (in function diagram WI1110)
Jog setpoint (in function diagram WI1110)
Diameter setting value (in function diagram WI1100)
Material width
11
(in function diagram WI1300)
Material density
4
(in function diagram WI1300)
Velocity actual value web tachometer (in function diagram WI110X)
12

Velocity setpoint material web (in function diagram WI1111)
13


9
Only for closed-loop tension control with measuring transducer
10
Only for closed-loop dancer roll control
11
Necessary for inertia pre-control
12
Only for constant v control
13
Only for operation as web speed master, then instead of velocity actual value material web
9 Control and status word of the splice
9.1 Control word

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 65

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

9 Control and status word of the splice
9.1 Control word
Bit Control word, winder Value 0 Value 1
Bit 00 Enable probe Deactivate probe Activate probe
Bit 01 Enable splice Inhibit splice Enable splice
Bits 02-15 n.b. n.b. n.b.

The control word can be entered via PROFIBUS, as fixed bits or via digital inputs
bit-by-bit (p23200 up to p23201) or as word (p23102). Details on interconnecting
the control word are provided in Chapter 11 Parameter description.

9.2 Status word
Bit Status word, winder Value 0 Value 1
Bit 00 Activate correction value Correction inactive Correction active
Bit 01 Activate probe evaluation Probe inactive Probe active
Bit 02 Valid measured value available Valid measured value not
available
Valid measured value
available
Bit 03 End splice Splice not ready or
inactive
Splice ready
Bit 04 Splice roll on Splice roll out of splice
position
Splice roll in splice
position
Bit 05 Knife on Knife out of splice
position
Knife in splice position
Bit 06 Splice outputs enabled Splice outputs inhibited Splice outputs enabled
Bit 07 Activate correction value
(extended)
Correction inactive Correction active
Bit 08-15 n.b. n.b. n.b.

Status word r23405 can be signaled back to the higher-level automation system.
9 Control and status word of the splice
9.3 Splice interface to the automation system

66
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750


9.3 Splice interface to the automation system
The application requires the following data:
Parameters for the splice outputs (output cams)

9 Control and status word of the splice
9.3 Splice interface to the automation system

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 67

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Program description
Contents
The "Program description" discusses the functions of the blocks in more detail.
Here you'll find the function charts, parameter lists and descriptions of the core
functions.



10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

68
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application
10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 69

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

-

W
I
1
0
1
0

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

t
e
c
h
n
i
q
u
e

a
n
d

s
e
q
u
e
n
c
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
<
1
>
T
h
e

f
o
l
l
o
w
i
n
g

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

t
e
c
h
n
i
q
u
e
s

c
a
n

b
e

s
e
l
e
c
t
e
d
:
0

=

i
n
d
i
r
e
c
t

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
1

=

d
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
i
t
h

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
2

=

d
i
r
e
c
t

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
i
t
h

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
3

=

d
i
r
e
c
t

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
i
t
h

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

o
f

t
h
e






t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
s
4

=

C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

v

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
<
2
>
T
h
e

v
a
l
u
e

o
f

p
2
1
6
0
0

e
x
c
e
e
d
s

t
h
e

p
e
r
m
i
s
s
i
b
l
e











r
a
n
g
e
,

i
n
t
e
r
n
a
l
l
y
,

a

v
a
l
i
d

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

t
e
c
h
n
i
q
u
e

i
s











s
e
l
e
c
t
e
d
<
3
>
W
i
n
d
e
r

t
y
p
e
:

1

=

w
i
n
d
e
r
;

0

=

u
n
w
i
n
d
e
r
<
4
>
W
i
n
d
i
n
g

c
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
:

1

=

w
i
n
d
i
n
g

f
r
o
m

t
h
e











b
o
t
t
o
m
;

0

=

w
i
n
d
i
n
g

f
r
o
m

t
h
e

t
o
p
<
5
>



t
e
n
s
i
o
n

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

i
s

d
e
a
c
t
i
v
a
t
e
d

w
h
e
n

S
t
o
p


i
s
s
e
l
e
c
t
e
d
,

i
f

t
h
i
s

i
s

u
n
w
a
n
t
e
d

t
h
i
s

f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
a
l
i
t
y

c
a
n
b
e

d
e
a
c
t
i
v
a
t
e
d
S
e
l
e
c
t

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

t
e
c
h
n
i
q
u
e
(
t
h
e

s
e
l
e
c
t
i
o
n

i
s

a
c
c
e
p
t
e
d

i
f

n
o

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n


s
i
g
n
a
l

i
s

p
r
e
s
e
n
t
)
A
5
1
0
6
0

a
l
a
r
m

V
a
l
u
e

f
o
r

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

t
e
c
h
n
i
q
u
e

p
2
1
6
0
0

n
o
t

p
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d



<
2
>
F
r
o
m

s
t
a
t
u
s

w
o
r
d

s
e
q
u
e
n
c
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

e
n
a
b
l
e
d

S
e
q
u
e
n
c
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
,

w
i
n
d
e
r

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
u
s

w
o
r
d
,
s
e
q
u
e
n
c
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

f
r
o
m

d
r
i
v
e
(
r
8
9
9
)
p
2
2
0
0
0
S
t
a
t
u
s

w
o
r
d
,

f
a
u
l
t
s
,
a
l
a
r
m
s

f
r
o
m

d
r
i
v
e
(
r
2
1
3
9
)
p
2
2
0
0
1
S
t
a
t
u
s

w
o
r
d
,

s
p
e
e
d
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
r
o
m

d
r
i
v
e
(
r
1
4
0
7
)
p
2
2
0
0
2
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
o
r
d
,
w
i
n
d
e
r

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
(
r
2
2
0
7
0
)
p
2
2
1
0
0
r
2
2
0
7
0
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
o
r
d
,

w
i
n
d
e
r
i
n
t
e
r
n
a
l
(
0
)
J
o
g
g
i
n
g
,

b
i
t

1
p
2
2
0
5
5
(
0
)
S
e
t
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
p
2
2
0
5
8
(
0
)
H
o
l
d
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
p
2
2
0
5
7
(
0
)
W
i
n
d
e
r

t
y
p
e

<
3
>
p
2
2
0
5
0
(
0
)
W
i
n
d
i
n
g

c
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n


<
4
>
p
2
2
0
5
1
(
0
)
J
o
g
g
i
n
g

m
o
d
e
p
2
2
0
5
3
(
0
)
J
o
g
g
i
n
g
,

b
i
t

0
p
2
2
0
5
4
(
0
)
W
e
b

/

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
p
2
2
0
5
6
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
5
]
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
]
(
0
)
S
a
v
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

v
a
l
u
e
a
s

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e
p
2
2
0
5
9
S
e
l
e
c
t

D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n

M
e
t
h
o
d
P
r
i
o
r
i
t
y
:
1
.

D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

f
r
o
m

l
a
y
e
r

c
o
u
n
t
e
r

(
p
2
1
5
4
0
=
1
)
2
.

D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

f
r
o
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
p
2
1
5
4
1
=
1
,





p
2
1
5
4
0
=
0
)
3
.

D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

f
r
o
m

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
n
g

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n

(
p
2
1
5
3
8
=
1
,




p
2
1
5
4
0
=
0
,

p
2
1
5
4
1
=
0
)
4
.

D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

f
r
o
m

d
i
v
i
s
i
o
n

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n

(
n
o

s
e
l
e
c
t
i
o
n
,




t
h
a
t

m
e
a
n
s

p
2
1
5
4
0
=
0
,

p
2
1
5
4
1
=
0
,

p
2
1
5
3
8
=
0
)
(
1
)

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
n
g

m
e
t
h
o
d

f
o
r
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
[
1
=
O
N
;

0
=
O
F
F
]
p
2
1
5
3
8
(
0
)
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
f
r
o
m

l
a
y
e
r

c
o
u
n
t
e
r

1
=
O
N
;

0
=
O
F
F
]
p
2
1
5
4
0
(
0
)
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
v
i
a

s
e
n
s
o
r

[
1
=
O
N
;

0
=
O
F
F
]
]
p
2
1
5
4
1
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
5
]
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
U
n
i
t
(
r
2
1
6
2
5
)
E
n
a
b
l
e

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

o
p
e
r
-
a
t
i
o
n

u
n
s
y
n
c
h
r
o
n
i
z
e
d
p
2
2
0
6
0
<
5
>
r
2
1
6
0
6
C
O
:

A
c
t
u
a
l

t
e
c
h
n
i
q
u
e
t
h
a
t

i
s

e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e


B
O
:

I
n
d
i
r
e
c
t
t
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
r
2
1
6
0
1
B
O
:

C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

v

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
r
2
1
6
0
5
B
O
:

T
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
/

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
t
r
a
n
s
d
u
c
e
r

a
n
d

M

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
r
2
1
6
0
4
B
O
:

T
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
/

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
t
r
a
n
s
d
u
c
e
r

a
n
d

n

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
r
2
1
6
0
3
B
O
:

D
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
w
i
t
h

n

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
r
2
1
6
0
2
B
O
:

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
c
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
c
t
i
v
e
r
2
1
6
0
7
B
O
:

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
c
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
c
t
i
v
e
r
2
1
6
0
8
(
0
)
w
i
n
d
e
r

a
s
s
p
e
e
d

m
a
s
t
e
r
p
2
2
0
6
1
(
1
)
r
a
m
p

s
t
o
p
s
p
e
e
d

m
a
s
t
e
r
p
2
2
0
6
2
(
1
)
f
a
s
t

s
t
o
p
s
p
e
e
d

m
a
s
t
e
r
p
2
2
0
6
3
<
1
>
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

t
e
c
h
n
i
q
u
e

f
i
x

s
e
l
e
c
t
i
o
n
p
2
1
6
0
0

(
0
)
r
2
2
2
0
0
C
O
:

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

t
e
c
h
n
i
q
u
e
s
e
l
e
c
t
i
o
n

i
n
t
e
r
n
a
l
C
I
:

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

t
e
c
h
n
i
q
u
e

s
e
l
e
c
t
i
o
n
(
r
2
2
2
0
0
)
p
2
2
2
0
1

10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

70
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

-

W
I
1
0
2
0

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
S
t
a
t
u
s

w
o
r
d
,

w
i
n
d
e
r
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1

=

w
i
n
d
e
r
S
t
a
t
u
s

w
o
r
d
,

w
i
n
d
e
r
1

=

w
i
n
d
i
n
g

f
r
o
m

t
h
e

b
o
t
t
o
m
1

=

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
1

=


j
o
g
g
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
1

=

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

r
u
n
n
i
n
g
1

=

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
n
c
r
e
a
s
e

i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d
1

=

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
e
c
r
e
a
s
e

i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d
1

=

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

m
a
x
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
1

=

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

m
i
n
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
1

=

w
e
b

b
r
e
a
k
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

/

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

a
t

t
h
e

u
p
p
e
r

l
i
m
i
t
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

/

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

a
t

t
h
e

l
o
w
e
r

l
i
m
i
t
w
e
b

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

s
y
n
c
h
r
o
n
i
z
e
d
w
e
b

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

s
t
o
p
p
e
d
s
t
o
p

a
f
t
e
r

w
e
b

l
e
n
g
t
h

b
r
a
k
i
n
g

a
c
t
i
v
e
s
t
o
p

a
f
t
e
r

s
p
l
i
c
e

a
c
t
i
v
e
9
1
0
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
B
i
t

N
r
.
r
2
2
1
0
2
S
t
a
t
u
s

w
o
r
d
,

w
i
n
d
e
r
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
4
0
0
.
8
]
[
W
I
1
2
0
0
.
8
]
[
W
I
1
2
0
0
.
8
]

[
W
I
1
1
1
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
1
1
0
.
4
]
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
5
]
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
U
n
i
t
[
W
I
1
6
0
1
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
5
0
0
.
7
]

10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 71

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

&&

[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
T
0
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

/

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

o
n
d
e
l
a
y

t
i
m
e

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
7
3
8

(
1
0
0
0

m
s
)
&
1
&
1
1
=
01
1
&
<
1
>
W
i
n
d
i
n
g

c
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
:

1

=

w
i
n
d
i
n
g

f
r
o
m

t
h
e

b
o
t
t
o
m
;

0

=

w
i
n
d
i
n
g

f
r
o
m

t
h
e

t
o
p
<
2
>



f
o
r

t
h
e

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
n
g

m
e
t
h
o
d

o
f

t
h
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
,

t
h
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
s

h
o
l
d

f
o
r

o
n
e

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n

a
f
t
e
r
:









t
h
e

i
n
i
t
i
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n

o
f

t
h
e

d
r
i
v
e
,

a
f
t
e
r

s
e
l
e
c
t
i
o
n

o
f

t
h
e

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n

m
e
t
h
o
d
e

a
n
d

a
f
t
e
r

t
h
e

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

o
f

t
h
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
E
n
a
b
l
e

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

o
p
e
r
-
a
t
i
o
n

u
n

s
y
n
c
h
r
o
n
i
z
e
d

[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
1
W
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

s
y
n
c
h
r
o
n
i
z
e
d
r
2
1
6
2
5
W
i
c
k
l
e
r

a
l
s
G
e
s
c
h
w
i
n
d
i
g
k
e
i
t
s
m
a
s
t
e
r

[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
1
c
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

v

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
&
&
S
Q
R
Q
S
W

s
e
q
u
e
n
c
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
n
o

c
o
a
s
t

d
o
w
n

[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]S
W

s
e
q
u
e
n
c
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
n
o

f
a
s
t

s
t
o
p
w
i
n
d
e
r
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
] S
T
W

w
i
n
d
e
r

w
i
n
d
i
n
g

c
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
<
1
>
E
n
a
b
l
e

j
o
g
g
i
n
g
E
n
a
b
l
e

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

/

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
S
e
t

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
h
o
l
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
e
n
a
b
l
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
3
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
3
]
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
3
]
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
1
1
1
.
6
]
[
W
I
1
3
1
0
.
1
]
[
W
I
1
2
0
0
.
2
]
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
3
]
[
W
I
1
1
1
0
.
1
]
i
n
v
e
r
s
i
o
n

s
p
e
e
d
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

v
a
l
u
e
w
i
n
d
e
r

f
r
o
m

t
h
e

t
o
p
u
n
w
i
n
d
e
r

f
r
o
m

t
h
e

b
o
t
t
o
m
[
W
I
1
1
1
1
.
5
]
[
W
I
1
3
2
0
.
4
]
<
2
>
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
5
]
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
U
n
i
t
S
t
o
p

a
c
t
i
v
e
[
W
I
1
1
1
0
.
3
]
-

W
I
1
0
3
0

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
S
e
q
u
e
n
c
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
,

w
i
n
d
e
r
S
T
W

w
i
n
d
e
r

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
S
T
W

w
i
n
d
e
r
j
o
g
g
i
n
g

[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
e
n
g
a
g
e
m
e
n
t

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
[
W
I
1
1
1
1
.
7
]
S
W

s
e
q
u
e
n
c
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

e
n
a
b
l
e
d
S
W

w
i
n
d
e
r
w
e
b

b
r
e
a
k

[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]S
W

s
e
q
u
e
n
c
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
n
o

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
r
e
w
i
n
d
i
n
g

a
f
t
e
r
s
p
l
i
c
e

a
c
t
i
v
e

[
W
I
1
6
0
1
.
7
]
S
W

f
a
u
l
t
s

/

a
l
a
r
m
s
,
n
o

f
a
u
l
t

[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
C
W

w
i
n
d
e
r
s
e
t

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
C
W

w
i
n
d
e
r

h
o
l
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
S
W

w
i
n
d
e
r
w
e
b

b
r
e
a
k

[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

72
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b
v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

[
m
/
m
i
n
]


p
2
1
5
1
6

(
3
0
)
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n

s
p
e
e
d

[
r
p
m
]
(
r
2
7
0
0
)
p
2
1
5
1
1
S
p
e
e
d

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
m
o
t
o
r

e
n
c
o
d
e
r
(
r
6
3
)
p
2
1
5
1
0
r
2
1
5
1
2
M
o
t
o
r

s
p
e
e
d
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

[
r
p
m
]
s
c
a
l
i
n
g

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l
w
e
b

t
h
i
c
k
n
e
s
s

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
5
2
9
<
>
0
=
0
f
i
x
e
d

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
]
p
2
1
5
2
2

(
0
.
1
)
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
,

s
e
t
t
i
n
g
v
a
l
u
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
e
d
t
o

D
m
a
x
(
0
)
p
2
1
5
2
3
m
a
x
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
p
2
1
5
3
4

(
2

m
)
m
i
n
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
p
2
1
5
3
5

(
0
.
1
m
)
m
i
n
i
m
u
m

s
p
e
e
d
d
i
v
i
s
i
o
n

m
e
t
h
o
d
p
2
1
5
3
2

(
1
.
0
0
0

m
i
n
-
1
)
m
i
n
i
m
u
m

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b
v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

d
i
v
i
s
i
o
n

m
e
t
h
o
d
p
2
1
5
3
3

(
0
.
1
0
0

m
/
m
i
n
)

t
o
l
e
r
a
n
c
e

f
a
c
t
o
r

p
l
a
u
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y
c
h
e
c
k

d
i
v
i
s
i
o
n

m
e
t
h
o
d
p
2
1
5
2
8

(
1
.
5
)
<
1
>
<
1
>
T
h
e

a
c
t
u
a
l

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
s

h
e
l
d

i
f

t
h
e

s
e
l
e
c
t
e
d

m
i
n
i
m
u
m

v
a
l
u
e
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
e
d

o
r

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

a
r
e

f
a
l
l
e
n

b
e
l
o
w

a
n
d

d
i
v
i
s
i
o
n

m
e
t
h
o
d

i
s

a
c
t
i
v
a
t
e
d

(
p
2
1
5
3
8
=
0
,

p
2
1
5
4
0
=
0
,

p
2
1
5
4
1
=
0
)
<
2
>
t
h
e

f
o
l
l
o
w
i
n
g

p
l
a
u
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y

c
h
e
c
k

i
s

m
a
d
e
:
<
3
>
I
f

w
i
n
d
e
r

i
s

u
s
e
d

a
s

s
p
e
e
d

m
a
s
t
e
r
,

t
h
e

i
n
t
e
r
n
a
l

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

f
o
r

w
e
b

s
p
e
e
d

i
s

u
s
e
d

f
o
r

t
h
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
<
2
>
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

s
p
e
e
d
-

W
I
1
1
0
0

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

d
i
v
i
s
i
o
n

m
e
t
h
o
d

(
p
2
1
5
3
8
=
0
,

p
2
1
5
4
0
=
0
,

p
2
1
5
4
1
=
0
)
1 0
S
a
v
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

v
a
l
u
e
a
s

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
5
]
f
i
x
e
d

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

t
h
i
c
k
n
e
s
s

[
m
m
]
p
2
1
5
3
0

(
0
.
0
0
0
)
r
2
1
5
3
1
m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

t
h
i
c
k
n
e
s
s
s
y
m
m
e
t
r
i
z
i
n
g

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

d
i
v
i
s
i
o
n

m
e
t
h
o
d
p
2
1
5
2
6

(
0

m
s
)
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

s
m
o
o
t
h
i
n
g

d
i
v
i
s
i
o
n

m
e
t
h
o
d

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
5
2
7

(
1
0
0
.
0
0
0
)
<
1
>
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
1
]
D
u
r
c
h
m
e
s
s
e
r
r
e
c
h
n
e
r
+
0 1
r
2
1
5
9
8
C
O
:

s
u
m

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
a
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t
D
-
c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
i
n

d
a
n
c
e
r
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
0
B
O
:

D
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
i
t
h

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
r
2
1
6
0
2
C
I
:

V
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

a
c
t
u
a
l
v
a
l
u
e

w
e
b
t
a
c
h
o
m
e
t
e
r
(
c
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

v

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

o
n
l
y
)
(
0
)
p
2
1
5
1
8
r
2
1
5
1
9
C
O
:

V
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
w
e
b

t
a
c
h
o
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
/
m
i
n
]
01
B
O
:

C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

v

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
r
2
1
6
0
5
<
3
>
C
O
:

M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

[
m
/
m
i
n
]
r
2
1
5
1
7
[
W
I
1
1
1
1
.
3
]
[
W
I
1
2
0
0
.
8
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
7
]
s
e
t

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
h
o
l
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
w
i
n
d
i
n
g

f
r
o
m

b
o
t
t
o
m
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
m
in
im
u
m
d
ia
m
e
t
e
r
m
a
x
im
u
m
d
ia
m
e
t
e
r
m
o
t
o
r

s
p
e
e
d
m
a
t
e
r
ia
l
w
e
b

v
e
lo
c
it
y
a
c
t
u
a
l
d
ia
m
e
t
e
r
g
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
M

=
m
o
t
o
r

s
p
e
e
d
g
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
eN
o
n
-
v
o
l
a
t
i
l
e

(
r
e
t
e
n
t
i
v
e
)

m
e
m
o
r
y

f
o
r

t
h
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

v
a
l
u
e
r
2
1
5
2
4
S
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e
,
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

[
m
]
r
2
1
5
4
5
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
,

a
b
s
o
l
u
t
e

[
m
]
r
2
1
5
4
7
M
u
l
t
i
p
l
i
e
r
,

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
[
1
/
m
]
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
n
c
r
e
a
s
e
i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
e
c
r
e
a
s
e
i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

m
a
x
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

m
i
n
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
r
2
1
5
4
8
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

v
a
l
u
e

s
a
v
e
d
(
r
e
t
e
n
t
i
v
e
l
y
)

[
m
]
S
a
v
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

v
a
l
u
e

v
a
l
i
d
r
2
1
5
4
9
r
2
1
5
4
6
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
,

r
e
l
a
t
i
v
e

[
%
]
D
m
a
x
s
a
m
p
lin
g
t
im
e
_
d
ia
m
e
t
e
r
c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
1
0
0
0
]
m
m
[
m
a
t
e
r
ia
l
t
h
ic
k
n
e
s
s
g
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
6
0
[
r
p
m
]
s
p
e
e
d
2
t
o
le
r
a
n
c
e

f
a
c
t
o
r
D
m
a
x

g
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
[
W
I
1
3
1
0
.
7
]
10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 73

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

-

W
I
1
1
0
1

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
n
g

m
e
t
h
o
d

(
p
2
1
5
3
8
=
1
,

p
2
1
5
4
0
=
0
,

p
2
1
5
4
1
=
0
)
(
0
)
B
I
:

s
m
o
o
t
h
i
n
g
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

o
u
t
-
p
u
t

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
n
g
m
e
t
h
o
d
[
1
=
O
F
F
;

0
=
O
N
]
p
2
1
5
3
9
D
m
a
x
<
1
>
I
f

w
i
n
d
e
r

i
s

u
s
e
d

a
s

s
p
e
e
d

m
a
s
t
e
r
,

t
h
e

i
n
t
e
r
n
a
l

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

f
o
r

w
e
b

s
p
e
e
d

i
s

u
s
e
d

f
o
r

t
h
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,
s
p
e
e
d


[
r
p
m
]
(
r
2
7
0
0
)
p
2
1
5
1
1
s
p
e
e
d

a
c
t
.

v
a
l
u
e
m
o
t
o
r

e
n
c
o
d
e
r
(
r
6
3
)
p
2
1
5
1
0
r
2
1
5
1
2
a
c
t
u
a
l

m
o
t
o
r

s
p
e
e
d

[
r
p
m
]
<
>
0
=
0
S
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e
f
i
x
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
]
p
2
1
5
2
2

(
0
.
1
)
S
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
e
d
t
o

m
a
x
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
(
0
)
p
2
1
5
2
3
M
a
x
i
m
u
m
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
p
2
1
5
3
4

(
2

m
)
M
i
n
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
p
2
1
5
3
5

(
0
.
1
m
)
s
e
t

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
h
o
l
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
w
i
n
d
i
n
g

f
r
o
m

b
o
t
t
o
m
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
S
p
e
e
d

n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
1 0
s
a
v
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

v
a
l
u
e
a
s

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
5
]
B
a
l
a
n
c
i
n
g

t
i
m
e

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
i
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
n
g

m
e
t
h
o
d

p
2
1
5
3
6

(
0

m
s
)
S
m
o
o
t
h
i
n
g

t
i
m
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
n
g
m
e
t
h
o
d

[
m
s
]

p
2
1
5
3
7

(
1
0
0
.
0
0
0
)
W
o
u
n
d

r
o
l
l

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
s

p
e
r

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
o
n

i
n
t
e
r
v
a
l
p
2
1
5
2
5

(
1
)
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b
v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

[
m
/
m
i
n
]


p
2
1
5
1
6

(
3
0
)
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
+
0 1
r
2
1
5
9
8
C
O
:

s
u
m

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

a
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t
D
-
c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

i
n

d
a
n
c
e
r
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
0
B
O
:

D
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
i
t
h

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
r
2
1
6
0
2
C
I
:

V
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

a
c
t
u
a
l
v
a
l
u
e

w
e
b
t
a
c
h
o
m
e
t
e
r
(
c
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

v

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

o
n
l
y
)
(
0
)
p
2
1
5
1
8
r
2
1
5
1
9
C
O
:

V
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
w
e
b

t
a
c
h
o
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
/
m
i
n
]
01
B
O
:

C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

v

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
r
2
1
6
0
5
<
1
>
C
O
:

M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

[
m
/
m
i
n
]
r
2
1
5
1
7
[
W
I
1
1
1
1
.
3
]
[
W
I
1
2
0
0
.
8
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
7
]
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

s
p
e
e
d
g
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r


w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e
N
o
n
-
v
o
l
a
t
i
l
e

(
r
e
t
e
n
t
i
v
e
)

m
e
m
o
r
y

f
o
r

t
h
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

v
a
l
u
e

t

(
i
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
o
n

i
n
t
e
r
v
a
l
)
m
in
im
u
m
d
ia
m
e
t
e
r
m
a
x
im
u
m
d
ia
m
e
t
e
r
m
o
t
o
r

s
p
e
e
d
m
a
t
e
r
ia
l
w
e
b

v
e
lo
c
it
y
a
c
t
u
a
l
d
ia
m
e
t
e
r
g
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
M
r
2
1
5
4
5
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
,

a
b
s
o
l
u
t
e

[
m
]
r
2
1
5
4
7
M
u
l
t
i
p
l
i
e
r
,

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
[
1
/
m
]
r
2
1
5
4
6
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
,

r
e
l
a
t
i
v
e

[
%
]
r
2
1
5
2
4
S
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e
,
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

[
m
]
r
2
1
5
4
8
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

v
a
l
u
e

s
a
v
e
d
(
r
e
t
e
n
t
i
v
e
l
y
)

[
m
]
S
a
v
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

v
a
l
u
e

v
a
l
i
d
r
2
1
5
4
9
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

m
a
x
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

m
i
n
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
0
]
i
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
n
g
D
i
a
C
o
m
p
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
1
]
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
g
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
[
W
I
1
3
1
0
.
7
]

10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

74
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
-

W
I
1
1
0
2

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
,

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
p
2
1
5
3
8
=
0
,

p
2
1
5
4
0
=
0
,

p
2
1
5
4
1
=
1
)
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e
N
o
n
-
v
o
l
a
t
i
l
e

(
r
e
t
e
n
t
i
v
e
)

m
e
m
o
r
y

f
o
r

t
h
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

v
a
l
u
e
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

s
e
n
s
o
r

v
a
l
u
e

X
1

[
%
]




























p
2
1
5
5
0

(
0
)
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

a
c
t
u
a
l
v
a
l
u
e

Y
2
0

[
m
]
p
2
1
5
8
9

(
0
.
0
0
0
)












.
.
.
<
1
>
x
y
1
D
s
e
n
s
o
r
y
x
1
0
x
1
1
2
3
4
6
5
7
8
9
1
0
y
1
0
D
a
c
t
<
1
>
<
1
>
w
i
t
h

t
h
e

a
c
t
i
v
a
t
i
o
n

o
f

a

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
B
i
n
e
k
t
o
r

v
a
l
u
e

a
t

p
2
1
5
4
1
=
1
)

t
h
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
a
n

b
e

a
d
j
u
s
t
e
d

w
i
t
h

a

c
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c

c
u
r
v
e
p
2
1
5
5
0

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

s
e
n
s
o
r

v
a
l
u
e

X
1

(
0
,
0
0
0
)
p
2
1
5
5
1

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e


Y
1

[
m
]

(
0
,
0
0
0
m
)
.
.
.
p
2
1
5
8
8

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

s
e
n
s
o
r

v
a
l
u
e


X
2
0

(
0
,
0
0
0
)
p
2
1
5
8
9

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e


Y
2
0

[
m
]

(
0
,
0
0
0
m
)
<
2
>
t
h
e

f
o
l
l
o
w
i
n
g

p
l
a
u
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y

c
h
e
c
k

i
s

m
a
d
e
:
<
3
>
w
i
t
h

c
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s

a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e
,

t
h
e
r
e

i
s

n
o

p
l
a
u
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y

c
h
e
c
k
,
S
e
t

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
a
n

n
o
t

b
e

u
s
e
d

w
i
t
h

c
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s

a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e
<
4
>
I
f

w
i
n
d
e
r

i
s

u
s
e
d

a
s

s
p
e
e
d

m
a
s
t
e
r
,

t
h
e

i
n
t
e
r
n
a
l

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

f
o
r

w
e
b

s
p
e
e
d

i
s

u
s
e
d

f
o
r

t
h
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
C
I
:

D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

v
i
a
s
e
n
s
o
r

r
e
l
a
t
i
v
(
0
)
p
2
1
5
4
2
<
1
>
(
0
)
B
I
:

b
y
p
a
s
s
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c
p
2
1
5
9
0
(
0
)
B
I
:

c
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e
p
2
1
5
4
4
01
<
3
>
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b
v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

[
m
/
m
i
n
]


p
2
1
5
1
6

(
3
0
)
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
+
C
I
:

V
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

a
c
t
u
a
l
v
a
l
u
e

w
e
b
t
a
c
h
o
m
e
t
e
r
(
c
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

v

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

o
n
l
y
)
(
0
)
p
2
1
5
1
8
r
2
1
5
1
9
C
O
:

V
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
w
e
b

t
a
c
h
o
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
/
m
i
n
]
01
B
O
:

C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

v

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
r
2
1
6
0
5
<
1
>
C
O
:

M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

[
m
/
m
i
n
]
r
2
1
5
1
7
[
W
I
1
1
1
1
.
3
]
[
W
I
1
2
0
0
.
8
]
0 1
r
2
1
5
9
8
C
O
:

s
u
m

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

a
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t
D
-
c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

i
n

d
a
n
c
e
r
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
0
B
O
:

D
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
i
t
h

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
r
2
1
6
0
2
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
7
]
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
s
c
a
l
i
n
g

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l
w
e
b

t
h
i
c
k
n
e
s
s


[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
5
2
9
<
>
0
=
0
f
i
x
e
d

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
]
p
2
1
5
2
2

(
0
.
1
)
S
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
e
d
t
o

m
a
x
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
(
0
)
p
2
1
5
2
3
M
a
x
i
m
u
m
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
p
2
1
5
3
4

(
2

m
)
M
i
n
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
p
2
1
5
3
5

(
0
.
1
m
)
t
o
l
e
r
a
n
c
e

f
a
c
t
o
r
p
l
a
u
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y

c
h
e
c
k
p
2
1
5
2
8

(
1
.
5
)
<
2
>
1 0
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
5
]
f
i
x
e
d

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

t
h
i
c
k
n
e
s
s

[
m
m
]
p
2
1
5
3
0

(
0
.
0
0
0
)
r
2
1
5
3
1
M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

t
h
i
c
k
n
e
s
s
B
a
l
a
n
c
i
n
g

t
i
m
e

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

d
i
v
i
s
i
o
n

m
e
t
h
o
d

p
2
1
5
2
6

(
0

m
s
)
S
m
o
o
t
h
i
n
g

t
i
m
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
d
i
v
i
s
i
o
n

m
e
t
h
o
d

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
5
2
7

(
1
0
0
.
0
0
0
)
s
a
v
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

v
a
l
u
e
a
s

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e
s
e
t

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
h
o
l
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
w
i
n
d
i
n
g

f
r
o
m

b
o
t
t
o
m
r
2
1
5
2
4
S
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e
,
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

[
m
]
r
2
1
5
4
5
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
,

a
b
s
o
l
u
t
e

[
m
]
r
2
1
5
4
7
M
u
l
t
i
p
l
i
e
r
,

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
[
1
/
m
]
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
n
c
r
e
a
s
e
i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
e
c
r
e
a
s
e
i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

m
a
x
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

m
i
n
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
r
2
1
5
4
8
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

v
a
l
u
e

s
a
v
e
d
(
r
e
t
e
n
t
i
v
e
l
y
)

[
m
]
S
a
v
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

v
a
l
u
e

v
a
l
i
d
r
2
1
5
4
9
r
2
1
5
4
3
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
a
f
t
e
r

c
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c

c
u
r
v
e

[
m
]
r
2
1
5
4
6
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
,

r
e
l
a
t
i
v
e

[
%
]
D
m
a
x
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
1
]
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
s
a
m
p
lin
g
t
im
e
_
d
ia
m
e
t
e
r
c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
1
0
0
0
]
m
m
[
m
a
t
e
r
ia
l
t
h
ic
k
n
e
s
s
g
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
6
0
[
r
p
m
]
s
p
e
e
d
2
t
o
le
r
a
n
c
e

f
a
c
t
o
r
D
m
a
x

g
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
[
W
I
1
3
1
0
.
7
]
10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 75

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

[
m
/
m
i
n
]
p
2
1
5
1
6

(
3
0
)
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
-

W
I
1
1
0
3

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
,

l
a
y
e
r

c
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

(
p
2
1
5
3
8
=
0
,

p
2
1
5
4
0
=
1
,

p
2
1
5
4
1
=
0
/
1
)
N
o
n
-
v
o
l
a
t
i
l
e

(
r
e
t
e
n
t
i
v
e
)

m
e
m
o
r
y

f
o
r

t
h
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

v
a
l
u
e
<
1
>
t
h
e

f
o
l
l
o
w
i
n
g

p
l
a
u
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y

c
h
e
c
k

i
s

m
a
d
e
:
<
2
>
w
i
t
h

c
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s

a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e
,

t
h
e
r
e

i
s

n
o

p
l
a
u
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y

c
h
e
c
k
,
S
e
t

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
a
n

n
o
t

b
e

u
s
e
d

w
i
t
h

c
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s

a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e
<
3
>
I
f

w
i
n
d
e
r

i
s

u
s
e
d

a
s

s
p
e
e
d

m
a
s
t
e
r
,

t
h
e

i
n
t
e
r
n
a
l

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

f
o
r

w
e
b

s
p
e
e
d

i
s

u
s
e
d

f
o
r

t
h
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
t
=
6
0
s
+
2
-
10
D
m
a
x
D
m
in
m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

t
h
i
c
k
n
e
s
s
s
e
t
P
r
i
o
r
i
t
i
e
s

l
a
y
e
r

c
o
u
n
t
e
r
:
1
.

s
e
t

t
o

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n

v
a
l
u
e

p
2
1
9
1
8




w
i
t
h

p
2
1
9
1
9
2
.

s
e
t

t
o

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e
3
.

h
o
l
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

(
t
h
e

l
a
s
t

v
a
l
u
e

o
f

t
h
e




r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n

c
o
u
n
t
e
r

i
s

h
o
l
d
)
+
0 1
r
2
1
5
9
8
C
O
:

s
u
m

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

a
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t

D
-
c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

i
n

d
a
n
c
e
r

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
B
O
:

D
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
i
t
h

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
r
2
1
6
0
2
0
C
I
:

V
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

w
e
b

t
a
c
h
o
m
e
t
e
r

(
c
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

v

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

o
n
l
y
)
(
0
)
p
2
1
5
1
8
01
B
O
:

c
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

v
-
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
r
2
1
6
0
5
r
2
1
5
1
9
C
O
:

V
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

w
e
b

t
a
c
h
o
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
/
m
i
n
]
<
2
>
C
O
:

M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

[
m
/
m
i
n
]
r
2
1
5
1
7
[
W
I
1
1
1
1
.
3
]
[
W
I
1
2
0
0
.
8
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
7
]
s
c
a
l
i
n
g

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l
w
e
b

t
h
i
c
k
n
e
s
s

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
5
2
9
<
>
0
=
0
f
i
x
e
d

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
]
p
2
1
5
2
2

(
0
.
1
)
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
,

s
e
t
t
i
n
g
v
a
l
u
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
e
d
t
o

D
m
a
x
(
0
)
p
2
1
5
2
3
m
a
x
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
p
2
1
5
3
4

(
2

m
)
m
i
n
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
p
2
1
5
3
5

(
0
.
1
m
)

t
o
l
e
r
a
n
c
e

f
a
c
t
o
r

p
l
a
u
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y

c
h
e
c
k
p
2
1
5
2
8

(
1
.
5
)
<
1
>
s
e
t

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
h
o
l
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
w
i
n
d
i
n
g

f
r
o
m

b
o
t
t
o
m
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
1 0
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
5
]
f
i
x
e
d

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

t
h
i
c
k
n
e
s
s

[
m
m
]
p
2
1
5
3
0

(
0
.
0
0
0
)
r
2
1
5
3
1
m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

t
h
i
c
k
n
e
s
s
s
y
m
m
e
t
r
i
z
i
n
g

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
d
i
v
i
s
i
o
n

m
e
t
h
o
d

p
2
1
5
2
6

(
0

m
s
)
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

s
m
o
o
t
h
i
n
g

d
i
v
i
s
i
o
n

m
e
t
h
o
d

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
5
2
7

(
1
0
0
.
0
0
0
)
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n

s
p
e
e
d

[
r
p
m
]
(
r
2
7
0
0
)
p
2
1
5
1
1
S
p
e
e
d

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
m
o
t
o
r

e
n
c
o
d
e
r
(
r
6
3
)
p
2
1
5
1
0
r
2
1
5
1
2
M
o
t
o
r

s
p
e
e
d
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

[
r
p
m
]
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

s
p
e
e
d
W
i
n
d
e
r
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
(
0
)
R
e
s
e
t

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
c
o
u
n
t
e
r
p
2
1
9
2
9
R
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n

c
o
u
n
t
e
r
s
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e
(
0
)
p
2
1
9
2
8
(
0
)
B
I
:

c
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e
p
2
1
5
4
4
<
3
>
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

s
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e
r
2
1
5
2
4
S
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e
,
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

[
m
]
r
2
1
5
4
5
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
,

a
b
s
o
l
u
t
e

[
m
]
r
2
1
5
4
7
M
u
l
t
i
p
l
i
e
r
,

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
[
1
/
m
]
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
n
c
r
e
a
s
e
i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
e
c
r
e
a
s
e
i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

m
a
x
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

i
s

l
i
m
i
t
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

m
i
n
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
r
2
1
5
4
8
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

v
a
l
u
e

s
a
v
e
d
(
r
e
t
e
n
t
i
v
e
l
y
)

[
m
]
S
a
v
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

v
a
l
u
e

v
a
l
i
d
r
2
1
5
4
9
r
2
1
9
2
0
N
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

w
i
n
d
e
r

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
s
,

a
c
t
u
a
l
r
2
1
9
2
1
W
i
n
d
e
r

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
s
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

D
I
N
T
r
2
1
9
3
1
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

f
r
o
m

c
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

l
a
y
e
r
s
r
2
1
5
4
6
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
,

r
e
l
a
t
i
v
e

[
%
]
D
m
a
x
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
1
]
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
8
]
W
e
b
L
e
n
g
t
h
C
a
l
c
s
a
m
p
lin
g
t
im
e
_
d
ia
m
e
t
e
r
c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
1
0
0
0
]
m
m
[
m
a
t
e
r
ia
l
t
h
ic
k
n
e
s
s
g
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
6
0
[
r
p
m
]
s
p
e
e
d
2
t
o
le
r
a
n
c
e

f
a
c
t
o
r
D
m
a
x

g
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
[
W
I
1
3
1
0
.
7
]

10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

76
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

-

W
I
1
1
1
0

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

P
a
r
t

1

(
S
p
e
e
d

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
)
r
2
1
5
1
7
M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
,
a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

[
m
/
m
i
n
]
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
J
o
g
g
i
n
g
,

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

i
n
p
u
t

[
%
]
(
0
)
p
2
1
6
3
8
J
o
g
g
i
n
g
,

f
i
x
e
d

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

1

[
m
/
m
i
n
]
p
2
1
6
3
6

(
1
0
.
0
0
0
)
J
o
g
g
i
n
g
,

f
i
x
e
d

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

1

[
m
/
m
i
n
]
p
2
1
6
3
6

(
1
0
.
0
0
0
)
M
a
n
e
u
v
e
r
i
n
g

i
n
p
u
t

m
u
l
t
i
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
v
e

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
6
1
9
<
1
>
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

J
o
g
g
i
n
g
,

b
i
t

0
J
o
g
g
i
n
g
,

b
i
t

1
r
2
1
6
4
5
V
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
,

b
e
f
o
r
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

[
m
/
m
i
n
]
<
1
>
I
f

m
a
n
e
u
v
e
r
i
n
g

i
s

n
o
t

u
s
e
d
,

p
a
r
a
m
e
t
e
r
p
2
1
6
1
9

m
u
s
t

b
e

i
n
t
e
r
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
e
d

w
i
t
h

a

f
i
x
e
d

v
a
l
u
e

1
0
0
%











a
n
d

p
2
1
6
2
0

m
u
s
t

b
e

i
n
t
e
r
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
e
d

w
i
t
h

a

f
i
x
e
d

v
a
l
u
e

0
%
10
0
0
E
n
a
b
l
e

j
o
g
g
i
n
g
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
3
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
2
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
2
]
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
1
1
x
.
3
]
M
a
n
e
u
v
e
r
i
n
g

i
n
p
u
t
,

a
d
d
i
t
i
v
e

[
%
]
(
0
)
p
2
1
6
2
0
<
1
>
0
01
R
a
m
p
-
u
p

t
i
m
e
,
j
o
g

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
6
4
0

(
5
0
0
m
s
)
R
a
m
p
-
d
o
w
n

t
i
m
e
,
j
o
g

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
6
4
1

(
5
0
0
m
s
)
+
1 0
R
e
w
i
n
d
i
n
g

a
f
t
e
r

s
p
l
i
c
e
u
n
w
i
n
d
e
r

a
c
t
i
v
e
1 0
s
t
o
p

a
f
t
e
r

w
e
b

l
e
n
g
t
h

b
r
a
k
i
n
g

a
c
t
i
v
e

[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
W
e
b

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
r
e
w
i
n
d
i
n
g

a
f
t
e
r

s
p
l
i
c
e
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
e
d

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
3
0
0
8
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
3
]
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
r
2
1
6
3
0
C
O
:

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

R
F
G

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

m
a
s
t
e
r

[
%
]
1 0
w
i
n
d
e
r

a
s
s
p
e
e
d

m
a
s
t
e
r
1
0
0
%

[
W
I
1
1
1
1
.
8
]

[
W
I
1
1
1
5
.
1
]
+
r
2
1
6
3
1
C
O
:

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

m
a
s
t
e
r

i
n
c
l
.

j
o
g
g
i
n
g

[
%
]
-
1

10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 77

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

-

W
I
1
1
1
1

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

P
a
r
t

2

(
S
p
e
e
d

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
;

M
a
s
t
e
r
;

S
t
o
p
)
<
1
>
I
f

w
i
n
d
e
r

i
s

u
s
e
d

a
s

s
p
e
e
d

m
a
s
t
e
r
,

t
h
e

i
n
t
e
r
n
a
l

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

f
o
r

w
e
b

s
p
e
e
d

i
s

u
s
e
d

f
o
r

t
h
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
<
2
>




t
e
n
s
i
o
n

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

i
s

d
e
a
c
t
i
v
a
t
e
d

w
h
e
n

S
t
o
p


i
s

s
e
l
e
c
t
e
d
,











i
f

a

f
i
x
e
d

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

i
s

s
e
t

a
n
d

t
h
i
s

v
a
l
u
e

i
s

a
l
s
o

u
s
e
d

a
s










s
p
e
e
d

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

f
o
r

t
h
e

s
p
e
e
d

m
a
s
t
e
r
,

p
2
2
0
6
0

h
a
s

t
o

b
e

s
e
t










t
o

1
"
W
h
e
n

t
h
e

w
i
n
d
e
r

i
s

s
e
t

a
s

s
p
e
e
d

m
a
s
t
e
r
,

r
2
1
6
2
6

s
h
o
w
s

t
h
e

r
e
a
c
h
i
n
g

o
f

t
h
e

u
p
p
e
r

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

l
i
m
i
t
,

r
2
1
6
2
7

t
h
e

r
e
a
c
h
i
n
g

o
f

t
h
e

l
o
w
e
r

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

l
i
m
i
t
.
1 0
0

%
(
0
)
B
I
:

S
y
n
c
h
r
o
n
i
z
e
/
s
t
o
p

w
e
b

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[

0

=

s
y
n
c
h
r
.
;

1

=

s
t
o
p
]
p
2
1
6
2
1
R
a
m
p
-
u
p

t
i
m
e
,

w
e
b
v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

c
a
t
c
h

u
p

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
6
2
2

(
5
0
0
0
m
s
)
B
O
:

W
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

s
y
n
c
h
r
o
n
i
z
e
d
r
2
1
6
2
6
B
O
:

W
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

s
t
o
p
p
e
d
r
2
1
6
2
7

1
s
t
o
p

a
f
t
e
r

s
p
l
i
c
e

a
c
t
i
v
e
s
t
o
p

a
f
t
e
r

w
e
b

l
e
n
g
t
h

b
r
a
k
i
n
g

a
c
t
i
v
e

[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]

[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
3
]
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
2
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
2
]
<
2
>
R
U
T
S
T
S
T
S
T
S
T
S
T
S
T
S
T
S
T
R
D
T
T
u
p
_
e
f
f

T
d
n
_
e
f
f

W
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

r
a
m
p

f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
g
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
x
y
t
y
d
y
/
d
t
y
1
&
1
w
i
n
d
e
r
a
s

s
p
e
e
d

m
a
s
t
e
r
11
r
a
m
p
s
t
o
p

s
p
e
e
d

m
a
s
t
e
r
f
a
s
t

s
t
o
p
s
p
e
e
d

m
a
s
t
e
r
1
0
R
a
m
p
-
d
o
w
n

t
i
m
e
,

w
e
b
v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
,

f
a
s
t

s
t
o
p

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
6
2
4

(
2
5
0
0
m
s
)
R
a
m
p
-
d
o
w
n

t
i
m
e
,

w
e
b
v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
,

s
t
o
p

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
6
2
3

(
5
0
0
0
m
s
)
1 0
1
0
0

%
C
I
:

V
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b
(
s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
/
a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
n
i
p

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
)
(
0
)
p
2
1
5
1
5
<
1
>
x
y
1 01 0
S
m
o
o
t
h
i
n
g

t
i
m
e

r
a
m
p
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

g
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
6
2
5

(
2
0
0
m
s
)
l
o
w
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

m
a
s
t
e
r

[
%
]
p
2
1
6
2
9

(
-
2
.
0


-
2
0
0
%
)

u
p
p
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

m
a
s
t
e
r

[
%
]
p
2
1
6
2
8

(
2
.
0


2
0
0
%
)
1
0
0
%
0
%
r
2
1
6
3
0
C
O
:

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

R
F
G
v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
m
a
s
t
e
r

[
%
]
S
t
o
p
p

a
m

A
n
t
r
i
e
b

a
k
t
i
v
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
r
2
1
5
1
2
C
O
:

M
o
t
o
r

s
p
e
e
d
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

[
r
p
m
]
r
2
1
5
4
7
C
O
:

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
i
e
r

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

c
h
a
n
n
e
l

[
1
/
m
]
N
o
r
m
i
e
r
u
n
g

B
a
h
n
g
e
s
c
h
w
i
n
d
i
g
k
e
i
t
R
F
G

f
o
l
l
o
w

u
p

w
h
e
n

e
x
t
e
r
n
a
l

s
t
o
p
r
2
1
5
1
7
C
O
:

M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
,
a
c
t
u
a
l

[
m
/
m
i
n
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
3
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
3
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
7
]

[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
2
]

[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
2
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
1
]

[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
2
]

[
W
I
1
1
1
0
.
3
]

10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

78
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

-

W
I
1
1
1
5

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

P
a
r
t

3

(
S
p
e
e
d

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
)
<
>
0
=
0
F
i
x
e
d

o
v
e
r
c
o
n
t
r
o
l

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
m
/
m
i
n
;

r
p
m
]
p
2
1
6
1
0

(
2
0
.
0
0
0
)
O
v
e
r
c
o
n
t
r
o
l

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
(
0
)
p
2
1
6
1
1
1 0
r
2
1
6
1
2
O
v
e
r
c
o
n
t
r
o
l

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
m
/
m
i
n
;

r
p
m
]
-
1
10
01
0
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

s
p
e
e
d
1 0
s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
c
t
i
v
e
r
2
1
7
6
1

i
n
v
e
r
s
i
o
n

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

v
a
l
u
e
t
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
R
a
m
p
-
u
p

t
i
m
e
,

s
p
e
e
d

o
v
e
r
c
o
n
t
r
o
l

f
o
r

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

O
N

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
6
1
3

(
1
0
0

m
s
)
+
r
2
1
5
4
7
M
u
l
t
i
p
l
i
e
r

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

c
h
a
n
n
e
l

[
1
/
m
]
r
2
1
6
4
5
V
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
,

b
e
f
o
r
e

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

[
m
/
m
i
n
]
r
2
1
6
4
7
S
p
e
e
d

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

a
f
t
e
r
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

[
r
p
m
]
r
2
1
6
4
8
S
p
e
e
d

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

t
o

t
h
e

w
i
n
d
e
r

d
r
i
v
e

<
1
>
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

s
p
e
e
d
r
2
1
6
4
6

C
O
:

V
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

/

S
p
e
e
d

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
m
/
m
i
n
;

r
p
m
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
3
]
[
W
I
1
2
0
0
.
8
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
5
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
3
]
1
0
1
0
1
1
s
p
e
e
d

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

f
o
r
i
n
e
r
t
i
a

p
r
e
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
3
]
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
<
1
>



r
e
c
o
m
m
e
n
d
e
d

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
:









S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
:




p
1
1
5
5









D
C
_
C
T
R
L
:

















p
5
0
6
3
4
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

s
p
e
e
d
01
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
C
O
:

T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

s
u
m

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

o
u
t
p
u
t

[
N
m
;

r
p
m
;

m
/
m
i
n
]
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
1
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
2
]
[
W
I
1
2
0
1
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
2
0
0
.
7
]
(
r
2
1
6
0
7
)
B
I
:

e
n
g
a
g
e
m
e
n
t

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
/
o
v
e
r
c
o
n
t
r
o
l

[
0
=
i
n
d
i
r
e
c
t
;

1
=
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
t
]
p
2
1
6
4
4
B
O
:

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
c
t
i
v
e
r
2
1
6
0
7
[
W
I
1
1
1
0
.
7
]
1 0
0
w
i
n
d
e
r

a
s

s
p
e
e
d

m
a
s
t
e
r
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
2
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
3
]

10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 79

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

-

W
I
1
1
2
0

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

P
a
r
t

4

(
t
e
n
s
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
)
S
E
T
S
E
T
_
V
A
L
t t y
x +
R
a
m
p
-
u
p

t
i
m
e
,
t
e
n
s
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
7
1
0

(
5
0
0
0

m
s
)
R
a
m
p
-
d
o
w
n

t
i
m
e
,
t
e
n
s
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
7
1
1

(
5
0
0
0

m
s
)
<
>
0
=
0
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
,

f
i
x
e
d

[
N
]
p
2
1
7
0
0

(
1
0

N
)
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
,

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e

[
%
]
(
0
)
p
2
1
7
0
1
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
s

(
m
a
x
i
m
u
m

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
)

[
N
]
p
2
1
7
0
3

(
1
0
.
0
0
0

N
)
01
(
0
)
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
,
j
o
g
g
i
n
g
p
2
1
7
0
4
&&
(
0
)
I
n
c
r
e
a
s
e

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
p
2
1
7
0
5
(
0
)
D
e
c
r
e
a
s
e

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
p
2
1
7
0
6
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
N
]
r
2
1
7
0
2
S
W

s
e
q
u
e
n
c
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

e
n
a
b
l
e
d

[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

a
f
t
e
r

t
h
e

r
a
m
p
-
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

g
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r

[
N
]
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
s
[
W
I
1
1
5
0
.
1
]
[
W
I
1
4
0
0
.
1
]
[
W
I
1
1
5
0
.
1
]
S
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e

R
F
G
t
e
n
s
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
N
]
(
2
1
7
4
2
)
p
2
1
7
0
7

[
W
I
1
1
6
0
.
4
]
r
2
1
7
0
8
C
O
:

T
e
n
s
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

a
f
t
e
r

t
h
e

r
a
m
p
-
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

g
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r

[
N
]
0
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
3
]
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

80
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

-

W
I
1
1
3
0

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

P
a
r
t

5

(
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
)
S
E
T
S
E
T
_
V
A
L
t t y
x +
R
a
m
p
-
u
p

t
i
m
e
,
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
7
2
5

(
5
0
0
0

m
s
)
R
a
m
p
-
d
o
w
n

t
i
m
e
,
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
7
2
6

(
5
0
0
0

m
s
)
<
>
0
=
0
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
,

f
i
x
e
d

[
L
U
]
p
2
1
7
1
5

(
1
0
.
0
0
0
)
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
,

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e

[
%
]
(
0
)
p
2
1
7
1
6
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
s

(
m
a
x
i
m
u
m

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

v
a
l
u
e
)

[
L
U
]
p
2
1
7
1
8

(
1
0
.
0
0
0

L
U
)
-
1
01
(
0
)
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
,
j
o
g
g
i
n
g
p
2
1
7
1
9
&&
(
0
)
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
,
i
n
c
r
e
a
s
e
p
2
1
7
2
0
(
0
)
P
o
s
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
,
d
e
c
r
e
a
s
e
p
2
1
7
2
1
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
L
U
]
r
2
1
7
1
7
S
W

s
e
q
u
e
n
c
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

e
n
a
b
l
e
d

[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

a
f
t
e
r

r
a
m
p
-
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

g
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r

[
L
U
]
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
s
[
W
I
1
1
5
0
.
1
]
[
W
I
1
1
5
0
.
6
]
S
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e

R
F
G
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
L
U
]
(
2
1
7
5
0
)
p
2
1
7
2
2

[
W
I
1
1
6
0
.
7
]
r
2
1
7
2
3
C
O
:
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

a
f
t
e
r

t
h
e

r
a
m
p
-
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

g
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r

[
L
U
]
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
2
]
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
D
a
n
c
e
r
C
o
n
t
r

10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 81

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

-

W
I
1
1
5
0

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

P
a
r
t

6

(
w
i
n
d
i
n
g

h
a
r
d
n
e
s
s

c
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c
)
&
C
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c

=

1
C
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c

=

0
<
2
>
<
2
>
(
0
)
B
I
:

A
c
t
i
v
a
t
e

w
i
n
d
i
n
g
h
a
r
d
n
e
s
s

c
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c
p
2
1
7
3
0
M
i
n
i
m
u
m

w
o
u
n
d

r
o
l
l
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

(
s
t
a
r
t

o
f

t
h
e
d
e
c
r
e
a
s
e
)

[
m
]
p
2
1
7
3
3

(
0
.
1
0
0

m
)
M
a
x
i
m
u
m

w
o
u
n
d

r
o
l
l
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

(
p
o
i
n
t

w
h
e
r
e

t
h
e
s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

i
s

d
e
c
r
e
a
s
e
d
)

[
m
]
p
2
1
7
3
4

(
1
.
0
0
0
m
)
p
2
1
7
3
6

(
1
)
C
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c
1 0
r
2
1
5
4
5
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

a
b
s
o
l
u
t

[
m
]
r
2
1
7
3
7
A
d
a
p
t
e
d

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
N
]
10
W
i
n
d
e
r
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
1
2
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
1
3
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
2
0
0
.
1
]
r
2
1
6
0
2
D
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
i
t
h
n

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
5
]
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
4
]
W
i
n
d
i
n
g
H
a
r
d
n
e
s
s
1
(
0
)
B
I
:

w
i
n
d
i
n
g

h
a
r
d
n
e
s
s
c
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c

w
i
t
h

u
n
w
i
n
d
e
r
p
2
1
7
3
2
C
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c

=

2
C
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c

=

3
(
0
)
B
I
:

w
i
n
d
i
n
g

h
a
r
d
n
e
s
s
c
h
a
r
a
c
t
.

f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

(
1
=
a
b
s
.

r
e
d
u
c
t
.
;

0
=
r
e
l
.

r
e
d
u
c
t
:
)
p
2
1
7
3
9
10
1
0
0
%
01
p
2
1
9
4
0

f
r
e
e

w
i
n
d
i
n
g
h
a
r
d
n
e
s
s

c
h
a
r
.
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

p
o
i
n
t

1

[
m
]
p
2
1
9
5
9

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
d
e
c
r
e
a
s
e
,

f
r
e
e

w
i
n
d
.
h
a
r
d
n
.

c
h
a
r
.

p
o
i
n
t

1
0
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

d
e
c
r
e
a
s
e
,

w
i
n
d
i
n
g

h
a
r
d
n
e
s
s

c
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c
,

f
i
x
e
d

v
a
l
u
e
p
2
1
7
3
1

(
0
.
0
0
0
)
r
2
1
7
2
8
C
O
:

S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

d
e
c
r
e
a
s
e
,

w
i
n
d
i
n
g

h
a
r
d
n
e
s
s

c
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c
,

i
n
t
e
r
n
a
l
C
I
:

S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

d
e
c
r
e
a
s
e
,

w
i
n
d
i
n
g

h
a
r
d
n
e
s
s

c
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c
,

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e
r
2
1
7
2
8
p
2
1
7
2
9
<
1
>
<
1
>
i
s

p
2
1
7
2
9

p
r
e
s
e
t

v
i
a

c
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
,

r
e
l
a
t
i
v
e

r
e
d
u
c
t

h
a
s

t
o

b
e

e
n
a
b
l
e
d

i
n


p
2
1
7
3
9
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
N
;

L
U
]
r
2
1
7
6
4
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
r
2
1
7
0
8
C
O
:

T
e
n
s
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

a
f
t
e
r

t
h
e

r
a
m
p
-
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

g
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r

[
N
]
r
2
1
7
2
3
C
O
:
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

a
f
t
e
r

t
h
e

r
a
m
p
-
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

g
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r

[
L
U
]

10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

82
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

-

W
I
1
1
6
0

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

P
a
r
t

7

(
a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
)
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
s
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

[
%
]
(
0
)
p
2
1
7
4
0
S
m
o
o
t
h
i
n
g

t
i
m
e
,
t
e
n
s
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
7
4
1

(
0
.
0
0
0

m
s
)
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
s
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
,

n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
e
d

[
%
]
(
0
)
p
2
1
7
4
3
1 0
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

i
n
p
u
t
(
1
=
v
a
l
u
e

i
n

L
U
;

0
=
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
e
d
)
p
2
1
7
4
8

(
0
)
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
,

d
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

[
I
N
C
]
(
0
)
p
2
1
7
4
4
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
,
d
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

d
e
n
o
m
i
n
a
t
o
r

[
I
n
c
]
p
2
1
7
4
6

(
1
)
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
,

d
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l
n
u
m
e
r
a
t
o
r

[
L
U
]
p
2
1
7
4
5

(
1
)
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
,

d
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

[
L
U
]
r
2
1
7
4
7
S
m
o
o
t
h
i
n
g

t
i
m
e
,
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
7
4
9

(
0

m
s
)
r
2
1
7
5
0
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
,

s
m
o
o
t
h
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

[
L
U
]
1 0
[
W
I
1
1
2
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
1
3
0
.
7
]
r
2
1
6
0
2
D
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
i
t
h
n

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
5
]
r
2
1
7
4
2
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
,

s
m
o
o
t
h
e
d

[
N
]

[
W
I
1
1
2
0
.
4
]

[
W
I
1
1
3
0
.
4
]
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
2
]
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
D
a
n
c
e
r
C
o
n
t
r
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

[
N
;

L
U
]
r
2
1
7
6
9
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 83

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

-

W
I
1
2
0
0

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0

d
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
i
t
h

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

(
p
2
1
6
0
0

=

1
)
K
p
T
n
x
x
y
x
1
0
x
1
2
3
4
6
5
7
8
9
1
0
y
1
0
y
A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n
,

P
o
i
n
t

X
1

[
m
]
p
2
1
7
8
0

(
0
)
A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n
,

P
o
i
n
t

Y
1
0
p
2
1
7
9
9

(
1
.
0
0
0
)
.
.
.
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

s
o
u
r
c
e

K
p

a
d
a
p
t
a
t
i
o
n
(
2
1
5
4
5
)
p
2
1
7
7
9
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

b
a
s
e

K
p
[
1
/
m
i
n
*
L
U
;

m
/
m
i
n
*
L
U
]
p
2
1
7
5
1

(
0
.
0
0
1

1
/
m
i
n
L
U
)
r
2
1
7
6
0
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

K
p
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
l

a
c
t
i
o
n

t
i
m
e

[
m
s
]
+
-
r
2
1
7
6
1
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

s
u
m

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

o
u
t
p
u
t

[
N
m
;

U
/
m
i
n
;

m
/
m
i
n
]
10
+
-
Y
Y
in
t
e
g
r
a
l
c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

t
i
m
e

c
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
7
5
9

(
0
.
0
0
0

m
s
)
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

e
n
a
b
l
e

D

c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t

p
2
1
7
5
8

(
0
)
+
+
0
<
1
>
p
2
1
7
8
0

A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n

P
o
i
n
t

X
1

[
m
]

(
0
.
0
0
0

m
)
p
2
1
7
8
1

A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n

P
o
i
n
t

Y
1

(
1
.
0
0
0
)

p
2
1
7
9
8

A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n

P
o
i
n
t

X
1
0

[
m
]

(
0
.
0
0
0

m
)
p
2
1
7
9
9

A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n

P
o
i
n
t

Y
1
0

(
1
.
0
0
0
)
<
1
>
t
e
n
s
i
o
n
/

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
t
e
n
s
i
o
n
/

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
0 10 1
u
p
p
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

[
U
/
m
i
n
;

m
/
m
i
n
]
p
2
1
7
6
5

(
1
0
.
0
0
0
)
l
o
w
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

[
U
/
m
i
n
;

m
/
m
i
n
]
p
2
1
7
6
6

(
-
1
0
.
0
0
0
)
r
2
1
7
6
3
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

D

c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
r
2
1
7
6
2
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

P
I

c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
t
e
n
s
i
o
n
/

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

e
n
a
b
l
e
E
N
I
C
(
c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
7
]
)
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
1
5
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
1
6
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
I
S
I
H
(
0
)
t
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

a
s

I

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
p
2
1
7
5
5

(
0
)
h
o
l
d

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,
i
n
t
e
g
r
a
l

c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
p
2
1
7
5
7

(
0
)

R
e
s
e
t

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
l

c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
p
2
1
7
5
6

p
2
1
0
0
0
[
2
]
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
D
a
n
c
e
r
C
o
n
t
r
<
2
>
<
2
>




t
h
e

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
l

t
i
m
e

i
s

i
n
t
e
r
n
a
l

l
i
m
i
t
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

s
a
m
p
l
i
n
g

t
i
m
e

o
f

t
h
e

e
x
e
c
u
t
i
o
n

g
r
o
u
p













a
s

m
i
n
i
m
u
m

v
a
l
u
e
,

a

d
e
a
c
t
i
v
a
t
i
o
n

o
f

t
h
e

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
l

p
a
r
t

c
a
n

o
n
l
y

b
e

d
o
n
e

b
y











m
e
a
n
s

o
f

p
2
1
7
5
6
e
n
g
a
g
e
m
e
n
t

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

[
0
=
i
n
d
i
r
e
c
t
;

1
=
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
t
]
M
i
n
M
i
n
M
a
x
M
a
x
C
I
:

S
c
a
l
.

T
e
n
s
.
/
P
o
s

c
t
r
.

u
p
.

L
i
m
i
t
.

d
i
a
m
.
d
e
p
.

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
.

c
t
r
l
.

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
7
7
0
C
I
:

S
c
a
l
.

T
e
n
s
.
/
P
o
s

c
t
r
.

u
p
.

L
i
m
i
t
.

d
i
r
e
c
t

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
.

c
t
r
l
.

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
7
7
2
C
I
:

S
c
a
l
.

T
e
n
s
.
/
P
o
s

c
t
r
.

l
o
w
.

L
i
m
i
t
.

d
i
a
m
.
d
e
p
.

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
.

c
t
r
l
.

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
7
7
1
C
I
:

S
c
a
l
.

T
e
n
s
.
/
P
o
s

c
t
r
.

l
o
w
.

L
i
m
i
t
.

d
i
r
e
c
t

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
.

c
t
r
l
.

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
7
7
3
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

s
p
e
e
d
-
1
-
1
Y
E
e
r
r
o
r

v
a
r
ia
b
le
e
r
r
o
r

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
r
2
1
5
9
6
d
e
r
i
v
a
t
i
v
e

a
c
t
i
o
n

t
i
m
e

d
a
n
c
e
r

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
5
9
2

(
2
0

m
s
)
s
m
o
o
t
h
i
n
g

t
i
m
e

d
a
n
c
e
r

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
t
i
o
n

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
5
9
3

(
1
0

m
s
)
o
u
t
p
u
t

v
a
l
u
e

d
a
n
c
e
r

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
t
i
o
n
r
2
1
5
9
4
a
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t

e
r
r
o
r

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e

d
a
n
c
e
r

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

[
%
]
p
2
1
5
9
5

(
0
%
)
a
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t

d
a
n
c
e
r

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
t
i
o
n

[
%
]
p
2
1
5
9
1

(
0
%
)
+
r
2
1
5
9
8
C
O
:

s
u
m

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

a
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t

D
-
c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

i
n

d
a
n
c
e
r

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
a
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t

d
a
n
c
e
r

P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

o
u
t
p
u
t

v
a
l
u
e

[
%
]
p
2
1
5
9
7

(
0
%
)
l
o
w
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

[
r
p
m
;

m
/
m
i
n
]
r
2
1
8
0
3
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

[
N
;

L
U
]
r
2
1
7
6
9
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
N
;

L
U
]
r
2
1
7
6
4
u
p
p
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

[
r
p
m
;

m
/
m
i
n
]
r
2
1
8
0
2
10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

84
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

-

W
I
1
2
0
1

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0

d
i
r
e
c
t

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
i
t
h

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

t
r
a
n
s
d
u
c
e
r

a
n
d

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

(
p
2
1
6
0
0

=

2
)
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

b
a
s
e

K
p

t
h
e

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

[
1
/
m
i
n
*
N
;

m
/
m
i
n
*
N
]
p
2
1
7
5
2

(
0
.
0
1
0
)
K
p
T
n
r
2
1
7
6
0
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,
e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

K
p
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
l

a
c
t
i
o
n

t
i
m
e

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
7
5
4

(
1
0
0
0
0

m
s
)
+
-
r
2
1
7
6
1
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

s
u
m

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

o
u
t
p
u
t

[
N
m
;

U
/
m
i
n
;

m
/
m
i
n
]
10
+
-
Y
Y
in
t
e
g
r
a
l
c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

t
i
m
e

c
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

D

c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
7
5
9

(
0
.
0
0
0

m
s
)
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

e
n
a
b
l
e

D

c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
p
2
1
7
5
8

(
0
)
+
+
0
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

/

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

/

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
0 10 1
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
.

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

u
p
p
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

[
U
/
m
i
n
;

m
/
m
i
n
]
p
2
1
7
6
5

(
1
0
.
0
0
0
)
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
.

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

l
o
w
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

[
U
/
m
i
n
;

m
/
m
i
n
]
p
2
1
7
6
6

(
-
1
0
.
0
0
0
)
r
2
1
7
6
3
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

D

c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
r
2
1
7
6
2
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

P
I

c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

/

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

e
n
a
b
l
e
E
N
I
C
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
1
5
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
1
6
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
I
S
I
H
(
0
)
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

a
s

I

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
p
2
1
7
5
5

(
0
)
H
o
l
d

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,
i
n
t
e
g
r
a
l

c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
p
2
1
7
5
7

(
0
)
R
e
s
e
t

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
l

c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
p
2
1
7
5
6

p
2
1
0
0
0
[
2
]
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
D
a
n
c
e
r
C
o
n
t
r
<
2
>
<
2
>




t
h
e

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
l

t
i
m
e

i
s

i
n
t
e
r
n
a
l

l
i
m
i
t
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

s
a
m
p
l
i
n
g

t
i
m
e

o
f

t
h
e

e
x
e
c
u
t
i
o
n

g
r
o
u
p













a
s

m
i
n
i
m
u
m

v
a
l
u
e
,

a

d
e
a
c
t
i
v
a
t
i
o
n

o
f

t
h
e

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
l

p
a
r
t

c
a
n

o
n
l
y

b
e

d
o
n
e

b
y











m
e
a
n
s

o
f

p
2
1
7
5
6
e
n
g
a
g
e
m
e
n
t

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

[
0
=
i
n
d
i
r
e
c
t
;

1
=
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
t
]
M
i
n
M
i
n
M
a
x
M
a
x
C
I
:

S
c
a
l
.

T
e
n
s
.
/
P
o
s

c
t
r
.

u
p
.

L
i
m
i
t
.

d
i
a
m
.
d
e
p
.

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
.

c
t
r
l
.

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
7
7
0
C
I
:

S
c
a
l
.

T
e
n
s
.
/
P
o
s

c
t
r
.

u
p
.

L
i
m
i
t
.

d
i
r
e
c
t

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
.

c
t
r
l
.

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
7
7
2
C
I
:

S
c
a
l
.

T
e
n
s
.
/
P
o
s

c
t
r
.

l
o
w
.

L
i
m
i
t
.

d
i
a
m
.
d
e
p
.

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
.

c
t
r
l
.

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
7
7
1
C
I
:

S
c
a
l
.

T
e
n
s
.
/
P
o
s

c
t
r
.

l
o
w
.

L
i
m
i
t
.

d
i
r
e
c
t

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
.

c
t
r
l
.

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
7
7
3
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

s
p
e
e
d
-
1
-
1
Y
E
e
r
r
o
r

v
a
r
ia
b
le
e
r
r
o
r

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
r
2
1
5
9
6
x
x
y
x
1
0
x
1
2
3
4
6
5
7
8
9
1
0
y
1
0
y
A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n
,

P
o
i
n
t

X
1

[
m
]
p
2
1
7
8
0

(
0
)
A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n
,

P
o
i
n
t

Y
1
0
p
2
1
7
9
9

(
1
.
0
0
0
)
.
.
.
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

s
o
u
r
c
e

K
p

a
d
a
p
t
a
t
i
o
n
(
2
1
5
4
5
)
p
2
1
7
7
9
<
1
>
p
2
1
7
8
0

A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n
,

P
o
i
n
t

X
1

[
m
]

(
0
.
0
0
0

m
)
p
2
1
7
8
1

A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n
,

P
o
i
n
t

Y
1

(
1
.
0
0
0
)

p
2
1
7
9
8

A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n
,

P
o
i
n
t

X
1
0

[
m
]

(
0
.
0
0
0

m
)
p
2
1
7
9
9

A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n
,

P
o
i
n
t

Y
1
0

(
1
.
0
0
0
)
<
1
>
(
c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
7
]
)
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
N
;

L
U
]
r
2
1
7
6
4
l
o
w
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

[
r
p
m
;

m
/
m
i
n
]
r
2
1
8
0
3
u
p
p
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

[
r
p
m
;

m
/
m
i
n
]
r
2
1
8
0
2
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

[
N
;

L
U
]
r
2
1
7
6
9
10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 85

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

-

W
I
1
2
0
2

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0

d
i
r
e
c
t

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
i
t
h

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

t
r
a
n
s
d
u
c
e
r

a
n
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

o
f

t
h
e

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
s

(
p
2
1
6
0
0

=

3
)
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

b
a
s
e

K
p

t
o
r
q
u
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

[
m
]
p
2
1
7
5
3

(
0
.
1
0
0

m
)

T
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

u
p
p
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

v
a
l
u
e

t
o
r
q
u
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

[
N
m
]
p
2
1
7
6
7

(
1
0
.
0
0
0

N
m
)

T
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

l
o
w
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

v
a
l
u
e

t
o
r
q
u
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

[

[
N
m
]
p
2
1
7
6
8

(
-
1
0
.
0
0
0

N
m
)
K
p
T
n
r
2
1
7
6
0
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

K
p
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
l

a
c
t
i
o
n

t
i
m
e

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
7
5
4

(
1
0
0
0
0

m
s
)
+
-
r
2
1
7
6
1

T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

s
u
m

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

o
u
t
p
u
t

[
N
m
;

U
/
m
i
n
;

m
/
m
i
n
]
10
+
-
Y
Y
I
n
t
e
g
r
a
la
n
t
e
il
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l

t
i
m
e

c
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

D

c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
7
5
9

(
0
.
0
0
0

m
s
)
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

e
n
a
b
l
e

D

c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
p
2
1
7
5
8

(
0
)
+
+
0
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

/

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

/

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
r
2
1
7
6
3
Z
u
g
-

/

L
a
g
e
r
e
g
l
e
r
D
-
A
n
t
e
i
l
r
2
1
7
6
2
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

P
I

c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

/

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

E
n
a
b
l
e
E
N
I
C
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
1
5
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
1
6
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
I
S
I
H
(
0
)
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

a
s

I

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
p
2
1
7
5
5

(
0
)
H
o
l
d

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,
i
n
t
e
g
r
a
l

c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
p
2
1
7
5
7

(
0
)
R
e
s
e
t

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
l

c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
p
2
1
7
5
6

p
2
1
0
0
0
[
2
]
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
D
a
n
c
e
r
C
o
n
t
r
<
2
>
<
2
>




t
h
e

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
l

t
i
m
e

i
s

i
n
t
e
r
n
a
l

l
i
m
i
t
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

s
a
m
p
l
i
n
g

t
i
m
e

o
f

t
h
e

e
x
e
c
u
t
i
o
n

g
r
o
u
p













a
s

m
i
n
i
m
u
m

v
a
l
u
e
,

a

d
e
a
c
t
i
v
a
t
i
o
n

o
f

t
h
e

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
l

p
a
r
t

c
a
n

o
n
l
y

b
e

d
o
n
e

b
y











m
e
a
n
s

o
f

p
2
1
7
5
6
M
i
n
M
a
x
C
I
:

S
c
a
l
.

T
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
t
r
l
.

u
p
p
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

t
o
r
q
u
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
7
7
4
C
I
:

S
c
a
l
.

T
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
t
r
l
.
l
o
w
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

t
o
r
q
u
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
7
7
5
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

t
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
Y
E
R
e
g
e
ld
if
f
e
r
e
n
z
e
r
r
o
r

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
r
2
1
5
9
6
x
x
y
x
1
0
x
1
2
3
4
6
5
7
8
9
1
0
y
1
0
y
A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n
,

P
o
i
n
t

X
1

[
m
]
p
2
1
7
8
0

(
0
)
A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n
,

P
o
i
n
t

Y
1
0
p
2
1
7
9
9

(
1
.
0
0
0
)
.
.
.
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

s
o
u
r
c
e

K
p

a
d
a
p
t
a
t
i
o
n
(
2
1
5
4
5
)
p
2
1
7
7
9
<
1
>
p
2
1
7
8
0

A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n
,

P
o
i
n
t


X
1

[
m
]

(
0
.
0
0
0

m
)
p
2
1
7
8
1

A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n
,

P
o
i
n
t


Y
1

(
1
.
0
0
0
)

p
2
1
7
9
8

A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n
,

P
o
i
n
t


X
1
0

[
m
]

(
0
.
0
0
0

m
)
p
2
1
7
9
9

A
d
a
p
t
i
o
n
,

P
o
i
n
t


Y
1
0

(
1
.
0
0
0
)
<
1
>
(
c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
7
]
)
0
-
1
u
p
p
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

t
o
r
q
u
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

[
N
m
]
r
2
1
8
0
4
l
o
w
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

t
o
r
q
u
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

[
N
m
]
r
2
1
8
0
5
g
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
<
1
>
<
1
>




t
h
e

l
i
m
i
t
s

s
e
t

f
o
r

t
h
e

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r











r
e
f
e
r

t
o

t
h
e

w
o
u
n
d

r
o
l
l


T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
N
;

L
U
]
r
2
1
7
6
4
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

[
N
;

L
U
]
r
2
1
7
6
9
10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

86
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

-

W
I
1
3
0
0

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
T
r

g
h
e
i
t
s
m
o
m
e
n
t
b
e
r
e
c
h
n
u
n
g

W
i
c
k
l
e
r
r
2
1
5
4
5
c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
7
]
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
3
]
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
g
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
[
W
I
1
3
1
0
.
7
]
F
i
x
e
d

v
a
l
u
e
,

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
i
d
t
h

[
m
]
p
2
1
6
5
0

(
1

m
)
M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
i
d
t
h

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
6
6
0
F
i
x
e
d

v
a
l
u
e
,

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

d
e
n
s
i
t
y

[
k
g
/
m
3
]
p
2
1
6
5
1

(
1
0
0

k
g
/
m
3
)
M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

d
e
n
s
i
t
y

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
6
6
1
F
i
x
e
d

v
a
l
u
e

s
c
a
l
i
n
g

f
a
c
t
o
r

f
o
r

d
e
n
s
i
t
y
,

n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
e
d

p
2
1
6
5
2

(
1
.
0
0
0
)
S
c
a
l
i
n
g

f
a
c
t
o
r

f
o
r

d
e
n
s
i
t
y

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
6
6
2
F
i
x
e
d

v
a
l
u
e
,

c
o
r
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
]
p
2
1
6
5
3

(
0
.
1
0
0

m
)
F
i
x
e
d

v
a
l
u
e
,

c
o
r
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
6
6
3
F
i
x
e
d

v
a
l
u
e
,

m
a
x
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
]
p
2
1
6
5
4

(
1
.
0
0
0

m
)
M
a
x
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
6
6
4
F
i
x
e
d

v
a
l
u
e
,

o
f
f
s
e
t

m
a
s
s

i
n
e
r
t
i
a

[
k
g
m
2
]
p
2
1
6
5
5
O
f
f
s
e
t
,

m
a
s
s

m
o
m
e
n
t

o
f

i
n
e
r
t
i
a

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
6
6
5
r
2
1
6
7
5
O
f
f
s
e
t
,

m
a
s
s

m
o
m
e
n
t

o
f

i
n
e
r
t
i
a
,

e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

[
k
g
m
2
]
r
2
1
6
7
4
M
a
x
i
m
u
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
,

e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

[
m
]
r
2
1
6
7
2
S
c
a
l
i
n
g

f
a
c
t
o
r

f
o
r

d
e
n
s
i
t
y
,
e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e
,

n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
e
d
r
2
1
6
7
3
C
o
r
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
,

e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

[
m
]
r
2
1
6
7
1
M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

d
e
n
s
i
t
y
,

e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

[
k
g
/
m
3
]
r
2
1
6
7
0
M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
i
d
t
h
,

e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

[
m
]
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
,

m
o
m
e
n
t

o
f

i
n
e
r
t
i
a
r
2
1
6
8
0
R
e
s
u
l
t
i
n
g

m
a
s
s

m
o
m
e
n
t

o
f

i
n
e
r
t
i
a

[
k
g
m
2
]
r
2
1
6
8
3
M
a
x
i
m
u
m

m
a
s
s

m
o
m
e
n
t

o
f

i
n
e
r
t
i
a
,
w
i
n
d
e
r

[
k
g
m
2
]
r
2
1
6
8
1
R
e
l
a
t
i
v
e

m
a
s
s

m
o
m
e
n
t

o
f

i
n
e
r
t
i
a

f
o
r

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

a
d
a
p
t
a
t
i
o
n
S
p
e
e
d

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

s
m
o
o
t
h
i
n
g
f
o
r

i
n
e
r
t
i
a

p
r
e
-
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
n
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

c
y
c
l
e
s
p
2
1
6
8
7

(
1
0
)
S
p
e
e
d

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
c
h
a
n
g
e

l
i
m
i
t
,
r
a
m
p
-
u
p

t
i
m
e

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
6
8
8

(
1
0
0
.
0
0
0

m
s
)
S
p
e
e
d

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
c
h
a
n
g
e

l
i
m
i
t

r
a
m
p
-
d
o
w
n

t
i
m
e

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
6
8
9

(
1
0
0
.
0
0
0

m
s
)
r
2
1
6
9
0
A
c
c
e
l
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
,

m
o
t
o
r

[
r
a
d

s
-
2
]
r
2
1
6
9
1
T
o
r
q
u
e

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
,
i
n
e
r
t
i
a

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n

[
N
m
]
<
1
>
<
2
>
<
1
>
a
n

a
v
e
r
a
g
e

v
a
l
u
e

i
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
v
e
r

t
h
e

n
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

s
e
l
e
c
t
e
d

c
y
c
l
e
s

N
,

d
e
p
e
n
d
i
n
g











o
n

t
h
e

s
e
l
e
c
t
e
d

s
a
m
p
l
i
n
g

t
i
m
e

T
A

t
h
i
s

r
e
s
u
l
t
s

i
n

a

f
i
l
t
e
r
i
n
g

o
f

t
h
e

s
p
e
e
d

a
c
t
u
a
l











v
a
l
u
e

f
o
r

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
i
e
s
:

A
k
T
N
k
f

=
<
2
>
T
h
e

r
a
m
p
-
u
p

a
n
d

r
a
m
p
-
d
o
w
n

t
i
m
e
s

o
n
l
y

a
c
t

a
s

l
i
m
i
t

o
n

t
h
e
e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

r
a
m
p
-
o
f

t
h
e

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

-

t
h
e
r
e
f
o
r
e

a
v
o
i
d
i
n
g

s
t
e
p
s
(
j
u
m
p
s
)

i
n

t
h
e

a
c
c
e
l
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

t
h
a
t

i
s

f
o
r
m
e
d

b
y

d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
t
i
n
g

t
h
e

s
p
e
e
d

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
,
w
i
t
h

k
=
1
,

2
,

.
.
.
.
r
2
1
6
9
2
T
o
r
q
u
e

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
,
i
n
e
r
t
i
a

n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
e
d
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

t
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
r
2
1
5
1
2
M
o
t
o
r

s
p
e
e
d
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

[
r
p
m
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
0
.
3
]
[
W
I
1
1
1
0
.
6
]
s
p
e
e
d

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

f
o
r
i
n
e
r
t
i
a

p
r
e
-
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
1 0
(
0
)
s
e
l
e
c
t
o
r

s
p
e
e
d
i
n
e
r
t
i
a

p
r
e
-
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
p
2
1
6
8
6
10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 87

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

-

W
I
1
3
1
0

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
,

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
s
,

p
a
r
t

1
r
2
1
7
3
7
A
d
a
p
t
e
d

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
N
]
r
2
1
5
4
5
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

a
b
s
o
l
u
t

[
m
]
0
,
5
01
r
2
1
7
6
1
T
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
,
s
u
m

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

o
u
t
p
u
t

[
N
m
]
0
+
+
r
2
1
8
0
0
T
o
r
q
u
e

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
,
r
e
f
e
r
r
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

w
o
u
n
d

r
o
l
l

[
N
m
]
r
2
1
8
0
1
T
o
r
q
u
e

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
,
r
e
f
e
r
r
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

m
o
t
o
r

[
N
m
]
1
R
a
m
p
-
u
p

t
i
m
e
,

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t

f
o
r

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

O
N

[
m
s
]
p
2
1
8
0
8
(
1
0
0

m
s
)
I
n
d
i
r
e
c
t

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
r
2
1
6
0
1
T
0

1
s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
c
t
i
v
e
1 0
0 1

1
t
e
n
s
i
o
n

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
<
1
>
<
1
>
T
h
e

r
a
m
p
-
u
p

t
i
m
e

i
s

r
e
f
e
r
r
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
p
r
e
s
e
n
t

a
t

t
h
e

i
n
p
u
t

v
a
l
u
e
s
;

i
t

i
s

o
n
l
y

u
s
e
d

t
o









b
u
m
p
l
e
s
s
l
y

c
h
a
n
g
e
o
v
e
r

b
e
t
w
e
e
n

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

a
n
d
w
e
b

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
;

a
f
t
e
r

t
h
e

s
e
t

t
i
m
e
,

a

r
a
m
p

i
s

n
o









n
o

l
o
n
g
e
r

e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e
,
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
,

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
5
]
[
W
I
1
3
2
0
.
1
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
1
5
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
2
0
0
.
8
]
r
2
1
8
1
4
U
p
p
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
,
e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

f
o
r

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

[
N
m
]
[
W
I
1
3
2
0
.
4
]
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
3
]
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
xy
G
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
,

l
o
a
d

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
s
p
2
1
5
2
0

(
1
)
G
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
,

m
o
t
o
r

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
s
p
2
1
5
2
1

(
1
)
C
I
:

G
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
,

l
o
a
d

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
s
r
2
2
3
2
5
p
2
2
3
3
0
C
I
:

G
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
,

m
o
t
o
r

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
s

r
2
2
3
2
6
p
2
2
3
3
1
r
2
2
3
2
5
C
O
:

G
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
,

l
o
a
d

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
s

f
i
x
e
d

v
a
l
u
e
r
2
2
3
2
6
C
O
:

G
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
,

m
o
t
o
r

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
s

f
i
x
e
d

v
a
l
u
e
C
I
:

G
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
,

l
o
a
d

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
s

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e
(
0
)
p
2
2
3
2
0
C
I
:

G
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
,

m
o
t
o
r

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
s

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e
(
0
)
p
2
2
3
2
1
r
2
2
3
2
3
C
O
:

G
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
,

l
o
a
d

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
s

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e
r
2
2
3
2
4
C
O
:

G
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
,

m
o
t
o
r

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
s

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e
D
I
R
E
A
L
D
I
R
E
A
L
g
e
a
r

f
a
c
t
o
r
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
3
]
[
W
I
1
2
0
2
.
6
]
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
1
]
D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
r
2
1
8
0
7
C
O
:

T
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
i
n
g
,

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
/
w
e
b

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

[
N
m
]


10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

88
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

-

W
I
1
3
2
0

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
,

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
s
,

p
a
r
t

2
<
>
0
=
0
U
p
p
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
,

f
i
x
e
d

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

[
N
m
]
p
2
1
8
0
0

(
1
0
.
0
0
0

N
m
)
U
p
p
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
,

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e
,
s
p
e
e
d

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
,

n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
e
d

[
%
](
0
)
p
2
1
8
1
2
<
>
0
=
0
L
o
w
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
,

f
i
x
e
d

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

[
N
m
]
p
2
1
8
0
1

(
-
1
0
.
0
0
0

N
m
)
L
o
w
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
,

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e
,
s
p
e
e
d

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
,

n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
e
d

[
%
](
0
)
p
2
1
8
1
3
r
2
1
8
1
4
U
p
p
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
,
e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

f
o
r

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

[
N
m
]
r
2
1
8
1
5
L
o
w
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
,
e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

f
o
r

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

[
N
m
]
01
01
r
2
1
8
2
0
U
p
p
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
s
c
a
l
i
n
g

e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e
,

n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
e
d
r
2
1
8
2
1
U
p
p
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
s
c
a
l
i
n
g

e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e
,

n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
e
d
s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
c
t
i
v
e
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
,

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
r
2
1
8
1
6
U
p
p
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
,
e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

[
N
m
]
r
2
1
8
1
7
L
o
w
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
,
e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

[
N
m
]

1 0
1 0
[
W
I
1
3
1
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
5
]
L
o
w
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t

f
r
o
m

t
h
e

d
r
i
v
e

<
1
>
(
0
)
p
2
1
8
1
9
U
p
p
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t

f
r
o
m

t
h
e

d
r
i
v
e

<
1
>
(
0
)
p
2
1
8
1
8
w
i
n
d
e
r

f
r
o
m

t
h
e

t
o
p
u
n
w
i
n
d
e
r

f
r
o
m

t
h
e

b
o
t
t
o
m
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

t
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
(
r
2
7
0
3
)
P
2
1
8
0
6
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

t
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
[
W
I
1
4
0
0
.
1
]
-
1
&

1
w
e
b

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
5
]
t
e
n
s
i
o
n

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
5
]
-
1
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
3
]
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
<
2
>
<
2
>
<
1
>




R
e
c
o
m
m
e
n
d
a
t
i
o
n
:










S
E
R
V
O
:



p
2
1
8
1
8
=
r
1
5
3
4

a
n
d

p
2
1
8
1
9
=
r
1
5
3
5
















V
E
C
T
O
R
:

p
2
1
8
1
8
=
r
1
5
2
0

a
n
d

p
2
1
8
1
9
=
r
1
5
2
1










D
C
_
C
T
R
L
:

p
2
1
8
1
8
=
p
2
1
8
1
9
=
1

(
1
0
0
%
)
<
2
>




R
e
c
o
m
m
e
n
d
a
t
i
o
n
:










S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
:

p
1
5
5
2
=
r
2
1
8
2
0

u
n
d

p
1
5
5
4
=
r
2
1
8
2
1










D
C
_
C
T
R
L
:














w
i
t
h
o
u
t

f
r
i
c
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

i
n
e
r
t
i
a

c
o
m
p
e
n
s
a
t
i
o
n

p
5
0
6
0
5
.
0
=
r
2
1
8
2
0

a
n
d

p
5
0
6
0
6
=
r
2
1
8
2
1
,

o
t
h
e
r
w
i
s
e

n
o
t

r
e
l
e
v
a
n
t
,

s
e
e

<
3
>
<
3
>




R
e
c
o
m
m
e
n
d
a
t
i
o
n
:










S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
:

n
o
t

r
e
l
e
v
a
n
t










D
C
_
C
T
R
L
:

p
5
0
6
0
5
=
r
2
1
8
3
0

a
n
d

p
5
0
6
0
6
=
r
2
1
8
3
1

i
f

f
r
i
c
t
i
o
n

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
n
e
r
t
i
a

p
r
e
c
o
n
t
r
o
l

i
s

u
s
e
d
C
I
:

U
p
p
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
w
i
t
h
o
u
t

c
o
m
p
e
n
s
a
t
i
o
n

t
o
r
q
u
e
s
(
r
2
1
8
2
0
)
p
2
1
8
2
2
C
I
:

M
o
m
e
n
t

o
f

i
n
e
r
t
i
a

c
o
m
p
e
n
s
a
t
i
o
n
s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

f
o
r

a
d
a
p
t
a
t
i
o
n

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
(
r
2
1
6
9
2
)
p
2
1
8
2
4
C
I
:

S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

f
r
i
c
t
i
o
n

c
o
m
p
e
n
s
a
t
i
o
n
f
o
r

a
d
a
p
t
a
t
i
o
n

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
(
0
)
p
2
1
8
2
5
C
I
:

L
o
w
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
w
i
t
h
o
u
t

c
o
m
p
e
n
s
a
t
i
o
n

t
o
r
q
u
e
s
(
r
2
1
8
2
1
)
p
2
1
8
2
3
r
2
1
8
3
0
C
O
:

E
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

u
p
p
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
,
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
e
d

w
i
t
h

a
d
a
p
t
a
t
i
o
n
r
2
1
8
3
1
C
O
:

E
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

l
o
w
e
r

t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t
,
n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
e
d

w
i
t
h

a
d
a
p
t
a
t
i
o
n
+
++
<
3
>
<
3
>
[
W
I

1
3
2
0
.
8
]
[
W
I

1
3
2
0
]
[
W
I

1
3
0
0
.
8
]
o
n
l
y

n
e
e
d
e
d

f
o
r

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 89

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

-

W
I
1
4
0
0

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
W
e
b

b
r
e
a
k

d
e
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
0 10 10 1
H
y
s
t
e
r
e
s
i
s
,

m
i
n
i
m
u
m

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
w
e
b

b
r
e
a
k
a
g
e

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g

[
N
]
p
2
1
8
4
3

(
0
.
0
0
0

N
)
H
y
s
t
e
r
e
s
i
s
,

m
i
n
i
m
u
m

t
o
r
q
u
e

w
e
b
b
r
e
a
k

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g

f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

[
N
m
]
p
2
1
8
5
3

(
0
.
0
0
0

N
m
)
H
y
s
t
e
r
e
s
i
s
,

d
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

e
n
d

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
w
e
b

b
r
e
a
k

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g

f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

[
L
U
]
p
2
1
8
4
8

(
0
.
0
0
0

L
U
)
<
>
0
=
0
F
i
x
e
d

v
a
l
u
e
,

m
i
n
i
m
u
m

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

w
e
b

b
r
e
a
k
a
g
e

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g

[
N
]
]
p
2
1
8
4
0

(
0
.
5
0
0

N
)
M
i
n
i
m
u
m

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
,

w
e
b
b
r
e
a
k
a
g
e

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e

[
%
]
(
0
)
p
2
1
8
4
1
<
>
0
=
0
F
i
x
e
d

v
a
l
u
e
,

w
e
b

b
r
e
a
k

m
o
n
.
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
,

d
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

e
n
d

p
o
s
.

[
L
U
]
p
2
1
8
4
5

(
0
.
0
0
0

L
U
)
W
e
b

b
r
e
a
k
a
g
e

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g
,
d
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

e
n
d

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e

[
L
U
]
(
0
)
p
2
1
8
4
6
<
>
0
=
0
F
i
x
e
d

v
a
l
u
e
,

w
e
b

b
r
e
a
k

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g
,

m
i
n
i
m
u
m

t
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
p
2
1
8
5
0

(
0
.
0
0
0

N
m
)
W
e
b

b
r
e
a
k

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g
,
m
i
n
i
m
u
m

t
o
r
q
u
e

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e

[
%
]
(
0
)
p
2
1
8
5
1
T
o
r
q
u
e

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
,

m
o
t
o
r
(
0
)
p
2
1
8
4
9
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,

t
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
N
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,
t
e
n
s
i
o
n

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
s
r
2
1
7
4
2

T
e
n
s
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
,

s
m
o
o
t
h
e
d

[
N
]
r
2
1
7
5
2
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
,

s
m
o
o
t
h
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

[
L
U
]
r
2
1
8
4
2
E
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

m
i
n
i
m
u
m

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
,
w
e
b

b
r
e
a
k
a
g
e

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g

[
N
]
r
2
1
8
4
7
W
e
b

b
r
e
a
k

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
,

e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

d
a
n
c
e
r
r
o
l
l

e
n
d

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

[
L
U
]
r
2
1
8
5
2
W
e
b

b
r
e
a
k

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g

f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
,
e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

m
i
n
i
m
u
m

t
o
r
q
u
e

[
N
m
]
T
0
&

1
& &

1
r
2
1
6
0
3
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
i
t
h

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
t
r
a
n
s
d
u
c
e
r

a
n
d

n

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
r
2
1
6
0
4
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
i
t
h

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
t
r
a
n
s
d
u
c
e
r

a
n
d

M

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
r
2
1
6
0
2
D
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
w
i
t
h

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
&

1
r
2
1
6
0
1
i
n
d
i
r
e
c
t

t
e
n
s
i
o
n
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
S
W

s
p
e
e
d

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
t
o
r
q
u
e

l
i
m
i
t

r
e
a
c
h
e
d
W
e
b

b
r
e
a
k

s
i
g
n
a
l
,

d
e
l
a
y

t
i
m
e

(
m
s
)
p
2
1
8
6
0

(
3
0
0
0
.
0
0
0

m
s
)
W
e
b

b
r
e
a
k
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
4
]
S
W

d
r
i
v
e
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
e
n
a
b
l
e
d
C
W

w
i
n
d
e
r
t
e
n
s
i
o
n
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
[
W
I
1
1
2
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
1
6
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
1
6
0
.
7
]
[
W
I
1
3
2
0
.
3
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
5
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
4
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
5
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
5
]
[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
5
]
&
(
0
)
W
e
b

b
r
e
a
k

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g

f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
,
t
o
r
q
u
e

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g

O
N
p
2
1
8
5
4
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
6
]
W
e
b
B
r
e
a
k
D
e
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
T
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
i
t
h

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

t
r
a
n
s
d
u
c
e
r
d
a
n
c
e
r

r
o
l
l

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
i
n
d
i
r
e
c
t

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

90
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

w
i
n
d
i
n
g

c
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
7
]
P
r
e
-
c
o
n
t
r
o
l

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g
,

m
a
x

m
o
t
o
r

s
p
e
e
d

i
n

t
h
e

o
t
h
e
r

d
i
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
o
f

r
o
t
a
t
i
o
n

[
r
p
m
]
p
2
1
8
5
6

(
5
.
0
0
0

U
/
m
i
n
)
&
F
5
1
0
5
6

f
a
u
l
t
p
r
e
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
r
2
1
5
1
2
M
o
t
o
r

s
p
e
e
d
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

[
r
p
m
]
(
0
)
B
I
:

E
n
a
b
l
e

p
r
e
-
c
o
n
t
r
o
l

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g
p
2
1
8
5
5
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
3
]
-

W
I
1
4
0
1

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
P
r
e
-
c
o
n
t
r
o
l

m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
6
]
W
e
b
B
r
e
a
k
D
e
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 91

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

-

W
I
1
5
0
0

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
,

D
C
_
C
T
R
L
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
o
r

/

w
e
b

l
e
n
g
t
h

b
r
a
k
i
n
g
r
2
1
5
1
7
M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
,

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
[
m
/
m
i
n
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
3
]
3
,
4

1
0
3
8
0
(
0
)
B
I
:

R
e
s
e
t

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
o
r
p
2
1
9
1
9
M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
o
r
,
s
e
t
t
i
n
g

v
a
l
u
e

[
%
]
(
0
)
p
2
1
9
1
8
r
2
1
9
1
2
M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

l
e
n
g
t
h
,

r
e
l
a
t
i
v
e

[
%
]
r
2
1
9
1
0
M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b

l
e
n
g
t
h
,

a
b
s
o
l
u
t
e

[
m
]
M
a
t
e
r
i
a
l

w
e
b
l
e
n
g
t
h

n
o
r
m
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n

[
m
]
p
2
1
9
1
1

(
1
0
0
0
)
l
S
S
V
F
i
x
e
d

v
a
l
u
e
,

w
e
b

l
e
n
g
t
h

b
r
a
k
i
n
g

[
m
]
p
2
1
9
1
3
S
e
t
p
o
i
n
t

w
e
b

l
e
n
g
t
h
b
r
a
k
i
n
g
,

v
a
r
i
a
b
l
e

[
%
]
(
1
)
p
2
1
9
1
4
(
0
)
E
n
a
b
l
e

b
r
a
k
i
n
g

a
f
t
e
r

r
e
a
c
h
i
n
g
t
h
e

w
e
b

l
e
n
g
t
h

s
e
t
p
o
i
n
t
p
2
1
9
1
7
R
a
m
p
-
d
o
w
n

t
i
m
e
,

w
e
b
v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
,

s
t
o
p

[
m
s
]
[
W
I
1
1
1
1
.
4
]
-
+
m
s
s
m
/
s
m
/
m
in
0
,
5
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

b
r
a
k
i
n
g

d
i
s
t
a
n
c
e

w
e
b

l
e
n
g
t
h

c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
o
r

[
m
]
r
2
1
9
1
5
>

=<
R
E
S
E
T
(
Q
=
0
)
Q
S
E
T
(
Q
=
1
)
Q
&
T
a
s
t
o
p

a
f
t
e
r

w
e
b

l
e
n
g
t
h
b
r
a
k
i
n
g

a
c
t
i
v
e
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
2
]
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
8
]
L
e
n
g
t
h
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
o
r
10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

92
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

-

W
I
1
6
0
0

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
S
p
l
i
c
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
R
a
w

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e
(
0
)
p
2
3
1
0
0
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
d

v
a
l
u
e
(
0
)
p
2
3
1
0
1
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
o
r
d

s
p
l
i
c
e
(
2
3
4
0
4
)
p
2
3
1
0
2
(
0
)
E
n
a
b
l
e

m
e
a
s
u
r
e
d
v
a
l
u
e

m
e
m
o
r
y
p
2
3
2
0
0
(
0
)
E
n
a
b
l
e

s
p
l
i
c
e
p
2
3
2
0
1
(
0
)
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
d

v
a
l
u
e

v
a
l
i
d
p
2
3
2
0
2
L
U

p
e
r

l
o
a
d

r
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
p
2
3
0
0
0

(
0
)
S
p
l
i
c
e

m
o
d
u
l
o

c
y
c
l
e
s
p
2
3
0
0
1

(
0
)
S
i
n
g
l
e

m
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t
p
2
3
0
0
2

(
0
)
K
n
i
f
e

O
N

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
K
T
O
N

[
d
e
g
*
1
0
0
0
]
p
2
3
0
0
3

(
0
)
K
n
i
f
e

O
F
F

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
K
T
O
F
F

[
d
e
g
*
1
0
0
0
]
p
2
3
0
0
4

(
0
)
R
o
l
l

O
N

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
S
T
O
N


[
d
e
g
*
1
0
0
0
]
p
2
3
0
0
5

(
0
)
R
o
l
l

O
F
F

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
S
T
O
F
F

[
d
e
g
*
1
0
0
0
]
p
2
3
0
0
6

(
0
)
S
w
i
t
c
h
-
o
f
f

d
e
l
a
y

f
o
r

"
a
c
t
i
v
a
t
e
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

v
a
l
u
e
"

[
m
s
]
p
2
3
0
0
7

(
1
0
)
r
2
3
4
0
4
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

w
o
r
d
,
s
p
l
i
c
e

i
n
t
e
r
n
a
l
r
2
3
4
0
0
C
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

v
a
l
u
e
r
2
3
4
0
1
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
c
t
u
a
l

v
a
l
u
e

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
e
d
r
2
3
4
0
2
S
p
l
i
c
e

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

v
a
l
u
e
r
2
3
4
0
3
A
c
t
u
a
l

m
o
d
u
l
o

c
y
c
l
e
,

s
p
l
i
c
e
A
c
t
i
v
a
t
e

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

v
a
l
u
e
r
2
3
5
0
0
A
c
t
i
v
a
t
e

p
r
o
b
e
r
2
3
5
0
1
V
a
l
i
d

v
a
l
u
e

a
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
r
2
3
5
0
2
S
p
l
i
c
e

c
o
m
p
l
e
t
e
d
r
2
3
5
0
3
R
o
l
l

o
n
r
2
3
5
0
4
K
n
i
f
e

o
n
r
2
3
5
0
5
E
n
a
b
l
e

s
p
l
i
c
e

o
u
t
p
u
t
s
r
2
3
5
0
6
A
c
t
i
v
a
t
e

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

v
a
l
u
e
,

o
f
f

d
e
l
a
y
e
d
r
2
3
5
0
7
r
2
3
4
0
6
S
t
a
t
u
s

w
o
r
d
,

s
p
l
i
c
e
w
i
n
d
i
n
g

f
r
o
m

b
o
t
t
o
m
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
6
]
<
1
>
<
1
>


a

d
e
t
a
i
l
e
d

d
e
s
c
r
i
p
t
i
o
n

c
a
n

b
e

f
o
u
n
d

i
n

t
h
e

f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
e
s
c
r
i
p
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

t
h
e








p
a
r
a
m
e
t
e
r

l
i
s
t

p
2
1
0
0
0
[
7
]
S
p
l
i
c
e
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
r
2
1
5
4
5
c
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
]
[
W
I
1
1
0
x
.
7
]
s
e
n
s
o
r
o
l
d
n
e
w
s
p
l
i
c
e

r
o
l
l
K
n
i
f
e
D
S
K
S
T
P
O
T
S
a
d
h
e
s
i
v
e

a
r
e
a
s
e
n
s
o
r
o
l
d
n
e
w
s
p
l
i
c
e

r
o
l
l
k
n
i
f
e
D
S
K
O
V
L
P
O
T
S
a
d
h
e
s
i
v
e

a
r
e
a
10 Function charts
10.1 Function charts of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 93

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

-

W
I
1
6
0
1

-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

d
i
a
g
r
a
m
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
V
i
s
i
o
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
D
O
:

S
E
R
V
O
,

V
E
C
T
O
R
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
1
6
.
0
4
.
1
3
V
0
3
.
0
2
.
0
0
R
e
w
i
n
d
i
n
g

a
f
t
e
r

s
p
l
i
c
e
[
W
I
1
6
0
0
.
6
]
o
n

s
p
l
i
c
i
n
g

d
r
i
v
e
&
U
n
w
i
n
d
e
r
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
7
]
R
E
S
E
T
(
Q
=
0
)
Q
S
E
T
(
Q
=
1
)
Q
0
T
T
o
t
a
l

t
i
m
e

r
e
w
i
n
d
i
n
g

a
f
t
e
r

s
p
l
i
c
e

(
u
n
w
i
n
d
e
r
)

[
m
s
]
p
2
3
0
0
9

(
1
0
0
0
0

m
s
)
R
a
m
p
-
d
o
w
n

t
i
m
e
,
w
e
b

v
e
l
o
c
i
t
y
,
s
t
o
p

[
m
s
]

[
W
I
1
1
1
0
.
4
]
+
-
R
e
w
i
n
d
i
n
g

a
f
t
e
r
s
p
l
i
c
e
[
W
I
1
0
3
0
.
2
]
<
1
>
<
1
>



r
e
w
i
n
d
i
n
g

a
f
t
e
r

s
p
l
i
c
e

i
n
t
e
r
n
a
l
l
y

d
e
a
c
t
i
v
a
t
e
s









t
h
e

t
e
n
s
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l









<
2
>



r
e
w
i
n
d
i
n
g

a
f
t
e
r

s
p
l
i
c
e

c
a
u
s
e

t
h
e

d
r
i
v
e

t
o









r
e
v
e
r
s
e

i
n

c
a
s
e

o
f

u
n
w
i
n
d
e
r

&
(
0
)
E
n
a
b
l
e

r
e
w
i
n
d
i
n
g
a
f
t
e
r

s
p
l
i
c
e
p
2
3
2
0
3
&
W
i
n
d
e
r
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
7
]
T
0
R
e
w
i
n
d
i
n
g

a
f
t
e
r

s
p
l
i
c
e
u
n
w
i
n
d
e
r

a
c
t
i
v
e
[
W
I
1
1
0
0
.
4
]
<
2
>
1
R
E
S
E
T
(
Q
=
0
)
Q
S
E
T
(
Q
=
1
)
Q
S
t
o
p

a
f
t
e
r

s
p
l
i
c
e

a
c
t
i
v
e
[
W
I
1
0
2
0
.
2
]
s
t
a
t
u
s

w
o
r
d
s
e
q
u
e
n
c
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

e
n
a
b
l
e
d

[
W
I
1
0
1
0
.
5
]
p
2
1
0
0
0
[
7
]
S
p
l
i
c
e
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
(
0
)
K
n
i
f
e

o
n

f
r
o
m
s
p
l
i
c
i
n
g

d
r
i
v
e
p
2
3
2
0
4

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

94
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application
r21500 Software version, winder application with splice
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: -
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the software version of the DCC winder application.

p21510 CI: Speed actual value, motor encoder
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the speed actual value of the motor encoder of the winder drive.
Recommendation: Interconnect with r63 of the winder drive.
Note: The speed actual value of the motor encoder is used to calculate the diameter and to calculate the
acceleration pre-control.

p21511 CI: Normalization, speed [rpm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the reference speed.
Recommendation: Interconnect with r2700 of the winder drive - this means that the numerical value of the reference speed
with units is available for the DCC application.
Note: As long as this signal source is not interconnected, Fault F51055 is initiated. This is because a division by
zero is made in the calculation of the speed setpoint due to the missing reference value.

r21512 CO: Motor speed, actual value [rpm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual speed at the motor shaft.


11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 95

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21515 CI: Velocity setpoint material web (setpoint/actual value nip position)
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Sets the signal source for the actual velocity of the material web.
Recommendation: Generally, this value is output from a central machine ramp-function generator. When using a setpoint it
must be ensured that the speed controller of the drive - that is located closest to the winder regarding the
material web - is optimized so that it accurately follows this setpoint.
When interconnecting a speed actual value (e.g. a material web tachometer or an upstream drive), under
certain circumstances, smoothing may be necessary.
If the winder acts as speed master, the web speed setpoint has to be connected here
Dependency: Also refer to: p21516,p22061
Note: The actual velocity of the material web is used for the diameter calculation and generating the speed
setpoint. The value of the interconnected signal is normalized using p21516.

p21516 Normalization, material web velocity [m/min]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 -3.40E+38 30.000
Description: Sets the normalization for the actual value of the web velocity
Dependency: Also refer to: p21515
Note: This value influences the correct calculation of the diameter actual value.

r21517 CO: Material web velocity, actual [m/min]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the normalized web velocity actual value in m/min.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21515, p21516

p21518 CI: Velocity actual value web tachometer (constant v control only)
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Sets the signal source for the actual velocity value of the web tachometer
Recommendation: By using the v-constant control system, the actual velocity from the web tachometer has to be
interconnected. This value also refers to the nominalisation which is adjusted in p21516.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21516, p21600
Note: The actual velocity of the material web is used for the diameter calculation.
The value of the interconnected signal is normalized using p21516.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

96
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21519 CO: Velocity actual value web tachometer [m/min]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the normalized web velocity actual value from the web tachometer in m/min.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21516, p21518, p21600

p21520 Gear factor, load revolutions, fixed value
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the load revolutions for the gear factor between the motor and winder shaft. The value is the source
for connector r22325 for connection with p22330.

p21521 Gear factor, motor revolutions, fixed value
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the motor revolutions for the gear factor between the motor and winder shaft. The value is the source
for connector r22326 for connection with p22331.

p21522 Diameter computer, fixed setting value diameter [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.100
Description: Sets the fixed value for the setting value of the diameter computer.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21523, p21524 as well as winder control word bit9
Note: If the diameter, saved using the winder control word bit 9 = 1, is selected as setting value, then the fixed
value is not effective.
Connector input p21523 is effective if the fixed value is set to zero.


11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 97

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21523 CI: Diameter computer, setting value diameter normalized to Dmax
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0 %
Description: Sets the signal source of the variable setting value of the diameter computer. The reference quantity for
the interconnected signal is the maximum diameter Dmax (p21534).
Dependency: Also refer to: p21522, p21524, p21534
Note: The variable setting value is not effective if the diameter, saved using the winder control word bit 9 = 1, is
selected as setting value - or the fixed value p21522 0 is set.

r21524 CO: Diameter computer, effective setting value [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the diameter setting value that is effective when the set command is activated.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21522, p21523, p21534, p21548 as well as winder control word bit 9.

p21525 Wound roll revolutions per integration interval
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1101
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1
Description: Sets the number of revolutions, after which the diameter determined using integration is updated.
Dependency: Also see: p21538
Note: In order to achieve a sufficiently long integration interval at higher velocities, the interval is automatically
adapted as the velocity increases.

p21526 Diameter computer, symmetrizing material web velocity division method [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the symmetrizing time constant of the web velocity for the diameter calculation with the division
method. If there is a time offset between the material web velocity and the winder speed then the
calculated diameter is falsified when the machine velocity changes. This time offset can be compensated
using the runtime symmetrization.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21538

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

98
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21527 Diameter computer, diameter smoothing division method [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 3.40E+38 100.000
Description: Sets the smoothing time for the diameter calculation with the division method. The smoothing reduces the
influence of fluctuations in the material web velocity and the winder speed on the diameter value.
Recommendation: Higher smoothing times here can improve the stability of the diameter computer - especially for slow
winding operations.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21538

p21528 Diameter computer, tolerance factor for the plausibility check division method
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 3.40E+38 1.500
Description: Sets the tolerance factor for the diameter computer.
Recommendation: The material web thickness and the initial diameter always have associated tolerances. In order to allow
the calculated diameter to be aligned to the actual diameter, a tolerance factor of greater than 1 must be
set. The more inaccurate that the material web thickness and diameter setting value are known - or
specified - the higher the tolerance factor must be selected. As the plausibility check secures the stability
of the diameter computer, the tolerance factor should be set as low as possible.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21529, p21530, p21531, p21538
Note: The parameter is only effective, if as a result of the material thickness 0 the plausibility check is active
and the division technique (p21538=0), the diameter measurement (p21541=1) or the layer counter
(p21541=1) is active.

p21529 CI: Diameter computer, scaling material web thickness [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the material web thickness.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21538
Note: This value is used for the plausibility check, see also the description of p21528, as well as determining the
diameter by counting the number of layers. By interconnecting with 1 it is linked as standard with a fixed
setpoint of 100%. If the material thickness is variable, then here, another signal source can be
interconnected, which then specifies the material thickness as a % of p21529. The parameter is only
effective for the plausibility check, if this is active as a result of a material thickness 0 , and the division
technique (p21538=0), diameter measurement (p21541=1) or the layer counter (p21541=1) is active.
11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 99

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


p21530 Diameter computer, fixed material web thickness [mm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the material web thickness for the plausibility check and diameter calculation by counting the number
of layers
Dependency: Also refer to: p21529, r21531, p21538, p21541
Note: The set value can be scaled by changing the interconnection in p21529. The parameter is only effective
for the plausibility check, if this is active as a result of a material thickness 0 and the division technique
(p21538=0), diameter measurement (p21541=1) or the layer counter (p21541=1) is active.

r21531 CO: diameter computer, material web thickness [mm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the selected fixed value of the material web thickness.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21529, p21530, p21538, p21541
Note: The value corresponds to p21529 multiplied by p21530. The parameter is only effective for the plausibility
check, if this is active as a result of a material thickness 0 and the division technique (p21538=0), the
diameter measurement (p21541=1) or the layer counter (p21541=1) is active.

p21532 Diameter computer, minimum speed division method [rpm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the minimum speed of the motor for the diameter computer.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21538
Note: Below this threshold value, the diameter computer is held in order to avoid incorrect diameter values as a
result of a higher noise level when referred to the net (useful) signal. The parameter is only effective if the
division method for the diameter calculation (p21538=0, p21540=0, p21541=0) is selected.

p21533 Diameter computer, minimum material web velocity division method [m/min]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 3.40E+38 0.100
Description: Sets the minimum material web velocity for the diameter computer.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21538
Note: Below this threshold value, the diameter computer is held in order to avoid incorrect diameter values as a
result of a higher noise level when referred to the net (useful) signal. The parameter is only effective if the
division method for the diameter calculation (p21538=0, p21540=0, p21541=0) is selected.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

100
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21534 Diameter computer, maximum diameter [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 3.40E+38 2.000
Description: Sets the maximum diameter. This value is used as limit to calculate the diameter and as normalization
value for the variable diameter setting value p21523.

p21535 Diameter computer, minimum diameter [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 3.40E+38 0.100
Description: Sets the minimum diameter. This value is used as limit for the diameter computer.

p21536 Diameter computer symmetrizing web velocity integrating method [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 3.40E+38 0
Description: Sets the symmetrizing time constant of the web velocity for the diameter calculation with the integrating
method. If there is a time offset between the material web velocity and the winder speed then the
calculated diameter is falsified when the machine velocity changes. This time offset can be compensated
using the runtime symmetrization.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21538

p21537 Diameter computer diameter smoothing integrating method [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 3.40E+38 0
Description: Sets the smoothing time for the diameter calculation with the integrating method. The smoothing reduces
the influence of fluctuations in the material web velocity and the winder speed on the diameter value.
Recommendation: Normally it is not necessary to set a smoothing for the integrating diameter calculation.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21538

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 101

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21538 BI: integrating method for diameter computer [1=ON; 0=OFF]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for activating the integrating method of the diameter computer. If the integrating
method is used, the execution group for the integrating diameter computer must be activated. The
selection of the integrating method deactivates the plausibility check of the diameter computer. By
selection of diameter measurement with sensor (p21541=1) or layer counting (p21541=1), the integrating
method is internally disabled.

p21539 BI: Smoothing diameter output integration method [1=OFF; 0=ON]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source, with which the diameter computer output smoothing can be deactivated. If
smoothing is deactivated, then the diameter signal has a "staircase" characteristic in the range of the
number of revolutions set using p21525.

p21540 BI: Diameter actual value from layer counter [1=ON; 0=OFF]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal source to select the diameter computer using the layer counter
Dependency: Also see: p21928, p21929, r21920, r21921, 21931
Note: When determining the diameter using the layer counter, just the same as for the division technique, an
internal plausibility check is performed. The setting parameters of the diameter computer correspond to
those parameters for the division technique.

p21541 BI: Diameter actual value via sensor [1=ON; 0=OFF]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for enabling the diameter measurement via diameter sensor
Dependency: Also refer to: p21542, p21550-p21589
Note: With diameter measurement the same plausibility check as with division method for diameter computation
is made. Therefore the setting parameters for the diameter computer are used.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

102
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21542 CI: Diameter actual value via sensor relative
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the diameter sensor actual value.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21550-p21589
Note: With diameter measurement the same plausibility check as with division method for diameter computation
is made. Therefore the setting parameters for the diameter computer are used.

r21543 CO: Diameter actual value sensor after characteristic curve [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the diameter actual value from diameter sensor after correction with characteristic curve
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21550-p21589

p21544 BI: continuous diameter acceptance
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for enabling continuous diameter take-over when the current diameter is detected
via diameter sensor or coil counter.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21540, p21541
Note: When continuous diameter take-over is enabled the diameter will also be taken-over at web operation. In
this case no plausibility check will be proceeded

r21545 CO: Calculated diameter, absolut [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the diameter calculated by the diameter computer.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 103

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


r21546 CO: Calculated diameter, relative [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the diameter calculated by the diameter computer referred to the maximum diameter.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21534


r21547 CO: Multiplier, setpoint channel [1/m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the multiplier for the setpoint channel calculated by the diameter computer. This value is used to
calculate the winding setpoint velocity.
Note: A possibly existing gear factor (p21521, p21522) is already taken into account in this value.

r21548 CO: Diameter value, saved (retentively saved) [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the diameter value that is saved in a non-volatile fashion (retentively) so that it is not lost when
the power fails.
Dependency: Also refer to: r21549
Note: The currently calculated diameter is buffered in a non-volatile fashion so that it is not lost if the power fails;
after a power on it can be used as setting value for the diameter computer using winder control word bit 9
= 1.

r21549 BO: Saved diameter is valid
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI110X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays whether a valid diameter value was saved.
Bit field: Bit
00
Signal name
Saved diameter valid
1 signal
Yes
0 signal
No
FP
WI110X
Dependency: Also refer to: p21548
Note: Bit 00 = 1 indicates the validity of p21548. If, when initializing the memory block, the system set-up the
retentive memory again, then bit 00 = 0. In this particular case, parameter p21548 is invalid and keeps its
pre-assignment (default) value. When a diameter value is written the first time then the status of bit 00
changes to 1.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

104
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21550 Diameter sensor value X1
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21551 Diameter actual value Y1 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21552 Diameter sensor value X2
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 105

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21553 Diameter actual value Y2 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21554 Diameter sensor value X3
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21555 Diameter actual value Y3 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

106
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21556 Diameter sensor value X4
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21557 Diameter actual value Y4 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21558 Diameter sensor value X5
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 107

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21559 Diameter actual value Y5 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21560 Diameter sensor value X6
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21561 Diameter actual value Y6 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

108
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21562 Diameter sensor value X7
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21563 Diameter actual value Y7 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21564 Diameter sensor value X8
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 109

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21565 Diameter actual value Y8 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21566 Diameter sensor value X9
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21567 Diameter actual value Y9 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

110
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21568 Diameter sensor value X10
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21569 Diameter actual value Y10 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21570 Diameter sensor value X11
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 111

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21571 Diameter actual value Y11 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21572 Diameter sensor value X12
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21573 Diameter actual value Y12 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

112
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21574 Diameter sensor value X13
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21575 Diameter actual value Y13 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21576 Diameter sensor value X14
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 113

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21577 Diameter actual value Y14 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21578 Diameter sensor value X15
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21579 Diameter actual value Y15 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

114
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21580 Diameter sensor value X16
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21581 Diameter actual value Y16 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21582 Diameter sensor value X17
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 115

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21583 Diameter actual value Y17 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21584 Diameter sensor value X18
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21585 Diameter actual value Y18 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

116
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21586 Diameter sensor value X19
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21587 Diameter actual value Y19 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21588 Diameter sensor value X20
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the X value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 117

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21589 Diameter actual value Y20 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting of the Y value for the characteristic curve of the diameter sensor.
Recommendation: During configuration, you must ensure that the values of X1 to X20 are arranged in ascending order. The
ordinate values Y1 to Y20 can be selected at random, i.e., independently of the previous value. Values
outside this order are ignored. If inflection points are not needed (e.g., X16/Y16 and higher), the following
abscissas and ordinates (X16/Y16 to X20/Y20) must be assigned the same values as X15/Y15.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21541, p21542, p21543
Note: The characteristic is only valid in case of continuous diameter measuring, which is activated with the signal
at p21541. In case of diameter computation with integrating or division method, the parameter has no
influence.

p21590 BI: bypass diameter characteristic
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1102
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal source to override the diameter characteristic curve when a diameter sensor is used
Dependency: Also refer to: p21540, 21541, p21542
Note: When bypassing diameter characteristic is enabled the relative diameter actual value will refer to the
maximum diameter.

p21591 adjustment dancer position differentiation [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U/T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0
Description: Adjustment of the scaling factor which is used for diameter calculation
Dependency: Also refer to: p21600
Note: While dancer position conroll is enabled the diameter calculation can be assimilated to the dancers motion
in order to correct wrong diameter actual values caused by dancer motion.

p21592 derivative action time dancer position [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U/T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0
Description: Adjustment for the dancer positions derivative time constant which is used for diameter calculation.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21600
Note: While dancer position conroll is enabled the diameter calculation can be assimilated to the dancers motion
in order to correct wrong diameter actual values caused by dancer motion.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

118
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21593 smoothing time dancer position differentiation [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U/T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0
Description: Adjustment for the smoothing time constant which is used for differentiation of the dancer position
Dependency: Also refer to: p21600
Note: While dancer position conroll is enabled the diameter calculation can be assimilated to the dancers motion
in order to correct wrong diameter actual values caused by dancer motion.

r21594 output value dancer position differentiation
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the output value from the dancer position differentiation
Dependency: Also refer to: p21600
Note: While dancer position conroll is enabled the diameter calculation can be assimilated to the dancers motion
in order to correct wrong diameter actual values caused by dancer motion.

p21595 adjustment error variable dancer position controller
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U/T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0
Description: Adjustment of the scaling factor which is used for the dancer positions controller error variable and the
diameter calculation correction
Dependency: Also refer to: p21600
Note: While dancer position conroll is enabled the diameter calculation can be assimilated to the dancers motion
in order to correct wrong diameter actual values caused by dancer motion.

r21596 error variable tension/position controller
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual error variable of the tension/position controller

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 119

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21597 adjustment dancer position controller output value
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U/T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0
Description: Adjustment of the scaling factor which is used for the dancer positions controller error variable and the
diameter calculation correction
Dependency: Also refer to: p21600
Note: While dancer position conroll is enabled the diameter calculation can be assimilated to the dancers motion
in order to correct wrong diameter actual values caused by dancer motion.

r21598 CO: sum velocity adjustment D-computer in dancer position control
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays all correction values which are used for the diameter calculation in dancer position control
Dependency: Also refer to: p21600
Note: While dancer position conroll is enabled the diameter calculation can be assimilated to the dancers motion
in order to correct wrong diameter actual values caused by dancer motion.

p21600 Control technique fixed selection
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 4 0
Description: Selects the required control technique for winding operation.
Values: 0
1
2
3
4
indirect tension control
dancer roll control with speed correction
direct tension control with tension transducer and speed correction
direct tension control with tension transducer and correction of the torque limits
constant v-control
Dependency: Also refer to: r21601, r21602, r21603, r21604, r21605, r21606
Note: Only values from 0 to 4 are permissible; if values are entered that lie outside this range, Alarm A51060
indicates that the value has been limited to a valid value internally in the system. Further, any change to
the value of p21600 is only effective if no operation signal (run signal) is present from the drive. With this
application, it is not possible to changeover (toggle) between control techniques in operation; a change is
only accepted when the system is powered-down. The currently effective control technique is displayed
with r21606. The value is the source for connector r22200 which is in factory settings connected with
p22330.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

120
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

r21601 BO: Indirect tension control
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays whether the indirect tension control was activated.
Bit field: Bit
00
Signal name
Indirect tension control
1 signal
Activated
0 signal
Deactivated
FP
WI1010
Dependency: Also refer to: p21600, r21606

r21602 BO: dancer roll control with speed correction
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays whether the dancer roll control with speed correction was activated.
Bit field: Bit
00
Signal name
Dancer control with speed correction
1 signal
Activated
0 signal
Deactivated
FP
WI1010
Dependency: Also refer to: p21600, r21606

r21603 BO: tension control with measuring transducer and n correction
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays whether the tension control with tension transducer and speed correction was activated.
Bit field: Bit
00
Signal name
Tension control with tension transducer
and n correction
1 signal
Activated
0 signal
Deactivated
FP
WI1010
Dependency: Also refer to: p21600, r21606


r21604 BO: tension control with tension transducer and M correction
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays whether the tension control with tension transducer and torque correction was activated.
Bit field: Bit
00
Signal name
Tension control with measuring transducer
and M (torque) correction
1 signal
Activated
0 signal
Deactivated
FP
WI1010
Dependency: Also refer to: p21600, r21606

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 121

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

r21605 BO: constant v-control
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays whether constant v-control was activated.
Bit field: Bit
00
Signal name
constant v-control
1 signal
Activated
0 signal
Deactivated
FP
WI1010
Dependency: Also refer to: p21600, r21606

r21606 CO: Actual technique effective
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the currently effective control technique.
Values: 0
1
2
3
4
indirect tension control
dancer roll control with speed correction
direct tension control with tension transducer and speed correction
direct tension control with tension transducer and correction of the torque limits
constant v-control
Dependency: Also refer to: p21600
Note: The currently effective control technique of the winder application is displayed here. Normally, the value
corresponds to the selection made using p21600. If p21600 was changed in the operation (run) state, then
the currently effective control technique can differ from that selected in p21600. In this case, , the
technique selected in p21600 can be activated by withdrawing the operation (run) enable of the winder
axis. If an illegal (inadmissible) value was entered into p21600, then this is corrected to bring it back into
the permissible range and the resulting control technique is then displayed here.

r21607 BO: speed correction control active
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays whether a control technique with speed correction control was activated.
Bit field: Bit
00
Signal name
speed correction control active
1 signal
Activated
0 signal
Deactivated
FP
WI1010
Dependency: Also refer to: p21600, r21605
Note: This bit is also activated during constant v-control.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

122
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

r21608 BO: torque limit correction control active
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays whether a control technique with torque limit correction control was activated.
Bit field: Bit
00
Signal name
torque limit correction control active
1 signal
Activated
0 signal
Deactivated
FP
WI1010
Dependency: Also refer to: p21600, r21605
Note: This bit is also activated during indirect tension control.

p21610 Fixed overcontrol setpoint [m/min; rpm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1111
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 20.000
Description: Sets the fixed setpoint for the overcontrol of the speed controller.
Recommendation: For indirect tension control and for direct tension control with tension transducer and correction of the
torque limits, the speed controller is overcontrolled (it goes to its limit); this means that the drive always
operates at the torque limit. As a consequence - when the material web breaks it is guaranteed that the
winder is only faster than the web velocity that is specified by the absolute value of the overcontrol.
The value must be set so high that for a correctly set speed controller and for tension control, the drive
always reaches the torque limit.
By setting a value of zero, connector input p21611 is activated that allows a variable input, e.g. via PZD.
Dependency: Also refer to: r21612
Note: The value is not relevant for control techniques with speed correction.

p21611 CI: Overcontrol setpoint
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1111
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the overcontrol setpoint
Recommendation: If a variable overcontrol is required, then a connector can be interconnected here to enter the overcontrol
value. The value should be specified referred to the reference speed of the winder motor.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21610, p21612
Note: The value that is transferred at p21611 is only effective if p21610 is set to 0.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 123

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


r21612 CO: Overcontrol setpoint [m/min; rpm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1111
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective overcontrol setpoint for the speed controller.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21610, p21611
Note: If p21610 0 is set, then this value is effective and is displayed in r21612. For p21610 = 0, the value of the
connector, that is interconnected at p21611 is effective. This value can be read at r21612.

p21613 Ramp-up time, speed overcontrol for tension operation ON [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1111
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 100.000
Description: Sets the ramp-up time for the overcontrol setpoint of the speed controller.
Recommendation: A ramp-up time for the overcontrol setpoint can be defined here in order to avoid tension being suddenly
applied to the roll being wound when tension operation is enabled.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21001, r22506
Note: The value is always effective - even when changing the overcontrol setpoint, i.e. when ramping-up and
when ramping-down. The maximum effective time value is 1000x the sampling time that is set for the
execution group "setpoint computer" (also refer to p21001[3]). The correct calculation is only made if the
selected sampling time of the setpoint computer is read after power-on (the value in ms is displayed in
r22506). Otherwise a value of p21613*sampling time/4ms is obtained.

p21619 CI: Maneuvering input, multiplicative [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1110
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source of the multiplicative value for maneuvering.
Recommendation: If maneuvering is not required, the interconnection with 1 can be kept (fixed value 100%).
Note: The value is multiplied by the web velocity therefore allowing it to be influenced.

p21620 CI: Maneuvering input, additive [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1110
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source of the additive value for maneuvering.
Recommendation: If maneuvering is not required, the interconnection with 0 can be kept (fixed value 0%).
Dependency: Also see: p21516
Note: The value is multiplied by the normalization of the web velocity and is then subsequently added to the
actual web velocity.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

124
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21621 BI: Synchronize/stop web setpoint [0= synchronize; 1= stop]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1111
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to catch-up (synchronize) to the web velocity or to stop the web velocity.
Dependency: Also see: p21622, p21623
Note: Stopping is also performed when rewinding after a splice is enabled as well as for web length braking.

p21622 Ramp-up time, catch up web velocity [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1111
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 5000.000
Description: Sets the ramp-up time for catching-up/synchronizing the web velocity to the actual web velocity.
Note: The set time is also maintained independent of the normalization or input value fluctuations.
The ramp-up time is referring to nominalization of the web velocity (p21516).
After the time elapses, the ramp-function generator no longer acts on the web setpoint.

p21623 Ramp-downtime, catch up web velocity [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1110
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 5000.000
Description: Sets the ramp-downtime to stop the web velocity.
Note: The set time is also maintained independent of the normalization or input value fluctuations.
The ramp-down time is referring to nominalization of the web velocity (p21516).
After the time elapses, the ramp-function generator no longer acts on the web setpoint.

p21624 Ramp-down time, web velocity, fast stop [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1111
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 2500.000
Description: Sets the ramp-downtime to stop the web velocity fast.
Note: The set time is also maintained independent of the normalization or input value fluctuations.
The ramp-down time is referring to nominalization of the web velocity (p21516).
After the time elapses, the ramp-function generator no longer acts on the web setpoint.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 125

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21625 Smoothing time ramp function generator web velocity [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1111
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 200.000
Description: Sets the smoothing time for ramp up- and down-time of the web velocity.
Note: The set time is also maintained independent of the normalization or input value fluctuations.
The smoothing time is referring to nominalization of the web velocity (p21516).
After the time elapses, the ramp-function generator no longer acts on the web setpoint.
Sluring is only effectively when smoothing times are sized larger than zero.


r21626 BO: Web velocity, synchronized
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1110
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 -
Description: Feedback signal that the ramp-up to the web velocity setpoint has been successful.

r21627 BO: Web velocity stopped
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1110
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 -
Description: Feedback signal that the web velocity setpoint has been stopped.

p21628 upper limit velocity master [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U,T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 2.0
Description: Adjustment for the upper limit velocity of the function generator web velocity during its usage as velocity
master.
This value is referring to nominalization of the web velocity p21516 (2.0 200%).
Note: This value is limiting the setpoint input when the device is in operation as web velocity master.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

126
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750


p21629 lower limit velocity master [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U,T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 -2.000
Description: Adjustment for the lower limit velocity of the function generator web velocity during its usage as velocity
master.
This value is referring to nominalization of the web velocity p21516 (-2.0 -200%).
Note: This value is limiting the setpoint input when the device is in operation as web velocity master.

r21630 CO: velocity setpoint RFG velocity master [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1111
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual web velocity setpoint at the ramp function generator output from web velocity ramp
function generator.
Note: If the winder is used as velocity master then this value is used as setpoint for the additional drives from the
machine. In the value r21630 are manoeuvre and jog not included.

r21631 CO: velocity setpoint velocity master incl. jogging [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1111
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual web velocity setpoint at the ramp function generator output from web velocity ramp
function generator or at the output from the ramp function generator for jogging.
Note: If the winder is used as velocity master then this value is used as setpoint for the additional drives from the
machine. In the value r21630 are manoeuvre and jog not included.

p21636 Jogging, fixed setpoint 1 [m/min]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1110
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 10.000
Description: Sets fixed setpoint 1 for jogging.
Note: The value becomes effective when enabling jogging in the winder control word, if jogging bit 0 = 1 and
jogging bit 1 = 0 are pre-selected. Maneuvering is not possible in the jog mode.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 127

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21637 Jogging, fixed setpoint 2 [m/min]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1110
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 -10.000
Description: Sets fixed setpoint 2 for jogging.
Note: The value becomes effective when enabling jogging in the winder control word, if jogging bit 0 = 0 and
jogging bit 1 = 1 are pre-selected. Maneuvering is not possible in the jog mode.

p21638 CI: Jogging, setpoint input [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1110
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the jog setpoint.
Recommendation: This parameter can be interconnected with a PZD if a variable jog velocity is required. The connector
value refers to the normalization of the web velocity (p21516).
Dependency: Also refer to: p21516
Note: The value is effective when jogging is enabled in the winder control word, if jogging bit 0 = 1 and jogging
bit 1 = 1 are pre-selected. Maneuvering is not possible in the jog mode.

p21640 Ramp-up time, jog setpoint [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1110
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 5000.000
Description: Sets the ramp-up time to jog the web velocity
Note: The set time refers to the normalization of the web velocity.

p21641 Ramp-downtime, jog setpoint [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1110
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 5000.000
Description: Sets the ramp-downtime to jog the web velocity
Note: The set time refers to the normalization of the web velocity.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

128
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750


p21644 BI: engagement correction / overcontrol [0=indirect; 1=diameterdependent]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1115
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting

Description: Sets the signal source for selecting the engagement method of the speed correction controller and
overcontrol setpoint.
Note: The value of the control signal defines the engagement method of the speed correction. It is possible to
select, if the controller output value works direct as additional speed setpoint (value zero at p21644), or if
the output is diameter dependent (value one at p21644). The diameter dependent operation is useful for
great diameter differences, because it minimizes the influence to the changing diameter to the controller
settings. For control modes with overcontrol for the speed setpoint (indirect tension control or direct
tension control via torque limiting) a value of 1 at p21644 enables a speed dependent overcontrol setpoint.
Since version 3.1.0: This preset enables the diameter dependent usage when a control technique with
speed correction control is selected.

r21645 CO: Velocity setpoint before correction [m/min]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1111
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the velocity setpoint before correction by the control or overcontrol.
Note: Displays the velocity setpoint in m/min, as a value of the web velocity and maneuvering value, or as a
result of the selected jog mode.

r21646 CO: Velocity / Speed setpoint [m/min; rpm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1115
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the speed setpoint before correction by the control or overcontrol.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21644
Note: Displays the speed setpoint in rpm. The value is obtained from the velocity setpoint (web velocity,
maneuvering or jogging) and the multiplier for the setpoint channel, which is determined by the diameter
computer. (see multiplier for setpoint chanel: p21644)

r21647 CO: Speed setpoint after correction [rpm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1115
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the corrected speed setpoint.
Note: This value already contains the correction values from the speed correction control or the speed
overcontrol setpoint.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 129

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

r21648 CO: Speed setpoint to the winder drive
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1115
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the normalized speed setpoint for the winder drive.
Recommendation: Normally, the connector should be interconnected with speed setpoint of the winder drive:
SERVO, VECTOR: p1155
DC_CTRL: p50634
Dependency: Also refer to: p21511
Note: This value is used as speed setpoint source for the winder drive; it is appropriately normalized using the
reference speed and should generally be interconnected with one of the drive objects.

p21650 Fixed value/scaling material width [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the fixed value for the material width to calculate the wound roll inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21660
Note: The material width can be entered as fixed value using this parameter. If the material width is to be
interconnected using the PZD, then this can be realized using p21660. In this case, p21650 is effective as
scaling for the variable value.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

130
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750


p21651 Fixed value/scaling material density [kg/m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 100.000
Description: Sets the fixed value for the material density to calculate the wound roll moment of inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21661
Note: The material density should be entered as fixed value using this parameter. If the material density is to be
interconnected using PZD then this can be done using p21661. In this case, p21651 is effective as scaling
for the variable value.

p21652 Fixed value scaling factor for density normalized
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the fixed value for the scaling factor of the density to calculate the wound roll inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: 21651, p21661, p21662
Note: The scaling factor for the material density can be entered as fixed value using this parameter. If the scaling
for the material thickness is to be interconnected using PZD then this can be done using p21662. In this
case, p21652 is effective as scaling for the variable value.

p21653 Fixed value/scaling core diameter [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.100
Description: Sets the fixed value for the core diameter to calculate the wound roll moment of inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21663
Note: Using this parameter, the core diameter can be entered as fixed value. If the core diameter is to be
interconnected using PZD, then this can be done via p21663. In this case, p21653 is effective as scaling
for the variable value. The core diameter to be entered here is the minimum diameter that is to be covered
by the material to be wound - i.e. it is the smallest diameter with the specified density. A different winding
sleeve with a different density and other fixed moments of inertia should be taken into account in the value
for the offset of the moment of inertia (p21655 or p21665).

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 131

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


p21654 Fixed value/scaling maximum diameter [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the fixed value for the maximum diameter to calculate the wound roll moment of inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21664
Note: Using this parameter, the maximum diameter can be entered as fixed value. If the maximum diameter is to
be interconnected using PZD this can be done via p21664. In this case, p21654 is effective as scaling for
the variable value. The maximum diameter is used to calculate the relative moment of inertia.

p21655 Fixed value/scaling offset moment of inertia [Nms, kgm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U,T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the fixed value for the offset of the mass moment of inertia to calculate the wound roll moment of
inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21665
Note: Using this parameter, the offset of the moment of inertia can be entered as fixed value. If the offset is to be
interconnected using PZD, then this can be done via p21665. In this case, p21655 is effective as scaling
for the variable value.
The value specifies the total static (steady-state) moment of inertia referred to the motor side.

p21660 CI: Material width [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the material width to calculate the wound roll moment of inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21650
Note: Using this parameter, the material width can be entered as PZD. In this case, p21650 is effective as
scaling for the value.

p21661 CI: Material density [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the material density to calculate the wound roll moment of inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21651
Note: Using this parameter, the material density can be entered as PZD. In this case, p21661 is effective as
scaling for the value.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

132
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21662 CI: Scaling factor for density [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the scaling factor of the material density to calculate the wound roll moment of
inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21651, p21652, p21661
Note: Using this parameter, the scaling factor for the material density can be entered as PZD. In this case,
p21662 is effective as scaling for the value.

p21663 CI: Core diameter [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the core diameter to calculate the wound roll moment of inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21653
Note: Using this parameter, the core diameter can be entered as PZD. In this case, p21650 is effective as
scaling for the value. The core diameter to be entered here is the minimum diameter that is to be covered
by the material to be wound - i.e. the smallest diameter with the specified density. A winding sleeve with
another density and other fixed moments of inertia should be taken into account in the value for the offset
of the moment of inertia (p21655 or p21665).

p21664 CI: Maximum diameter [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Using this parameter, the maximum diameter can be entered as PZD.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21654
Note: Using this parameter, the maximum diameter can be entered as PZD. In this case, p21654 is effective as
scaling for the value.
The maximum diameter is used to calculate the relative mass moment of inertia.

p21665 CI: Offset mass moment of inertia [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the offset of the mass moment of inertia to calculate the wound roll moment of
inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21655
Note: Using this parameter, the offset of the mass moment of inertia can be entered as PZD. In this case,
p21655 is effective as scaling for the value.
The value specifies the total static mass moment of inertia referred to the motor side.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 133

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

r21670 CO: Effective material width [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective material width to calculate the wound roll moment of inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21650, p21660
Note: Depending on parameters p21650 and p21660, the effective material width is displayed here for checking
purposes.

r21671 CO: Effective material density [kg/m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective material density to calculate the wound roll moment of inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21651, p21661
Note: Depending on parameters p21651 and p21661 the effective material density is displayed here for checking
purposes.

r21672 CO: Scaling factor for effective density - normalized
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective scaling factor for the material density to calculate the wound roll moment of inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21652, p21662
Note: Depending on parameters p21652 and p21662, the effective material density is displayed here for
checking purposes.

r21673 CO: Effective core diameter [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the effective core diameter to calculate the wound roll moment of inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21653, p21663
Note: Depending on parameters p21653 and p21663, the effective core diameter is displayed here for checking
purposes. The core diameter is the minimum diameter that is covered by the material being wound, i.e. the
smallest diameter with the specified density. A winding sleeve with another density and other fixed inertias
should be taken into account in the value for the offset of the mass inertia (p21655 or p21665).

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

134
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

r21674 CO: Maximum effective diameter [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0.000
Description: Displays the effective maximum diameter to calculate the wound roll moment of inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21654, p21664
Note: Depending on parameters p21654 and p21664, the effective maximum diameter is displayed here for
checking purposes.
The maximum diameter is used to calculate the relative mass moment of inertia.

r21675 CO: Offset, effective moment of inertia [Nms, kgm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the effective offset of the mass moment of inertia to calculate the wound roll moment of inertia.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21655, p21665
Note: Depending on parameters p21655 and p21665 the effective offset of the moment of inertia is displayed
here for checking purposes.

r21680 CO: Resulting mass moments of inertia [Nms, kgm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the calculated mass moment of inertia of the wound roll and static (steady-state) moment of
inertia.
Note: The value supplies the actual mass moment of inertia of the wound roll and static (steady-state) moment
of inertia - that is supplied from the moment of inertia calculation.

r21681 CO: Relative moment of inertia for controller adaptation
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the relative mass moment of inertia referred to the moment of inertia for a full wound roll.
Recommendation: This value can be used to adapt the Kp of the speed controller, especially for speed correction control.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 135

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

r21683 CO: Maximum mass moment of inertia of the winder [Nms, kgm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the maximum mass moment of inertia of the winder.

p21686 BI: Selector speed inertia pre-control [0=nset; 1=nactual]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to change the speed value used for the inertia precontrol.
Note: The acceleration actual value necessary for the inertia precontrol can alternatively be calculated from the
speed setpoint, which is determined from web speed and current diameter, or from the speed actual value.
The speed actual value should be used only in exceptional cases and only with control modes with speed
correction (p21600=1,2).

p21687 Speed actual value smoothing for inertia pre-control, number of cycles
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
1 1000 10
Description: Number of sampling cycles over which the average value of the speed actual value is formed.
Note: An average value is formed over the number of set cycles; this filters the speed actual value as a function
of the selected sampling time (refer to execution groups) for the frequencies:
time sampling p
k
k
f

=
21687
with k=1, 2, ......

p21688 Speed actual value change limiting, ramp-up time [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 100.000
Description: Sets the ramp-up time for the limiting ramp-function generator of the actual velocity to derive the
acceleration.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21511
Note: The time only limits the effective ramp-up of the actual value - and therefore avoids steps (jumps) in the
actual acceleration value, that would otherwise occur as a result of the differentiation of the raw value. The
ramp-up time is referred to the reference speed of the drive.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

136
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21689 Speed actual value change limiting, ramp-down time [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 100
Description: Sets the ramp-down time for the limiting ramp-function generator of the actual velocity to derive the
acceleration.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21511
Note: The time only limits the effective ramp-down of the actual value - and therefore avoids steps (jumps) in the
actual acceleration value, that would otherwise occur as a result of the differentiation of the raw value. The
ramp-down time is referred to the reference speed of the drive.

r21690 CO: Acceleration actual value, motor [rad/s]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: - Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual acceleration value of the motor.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21686, p21687, p21688, p21689
Note: The actual acceleration value is determined by deriving the actual speed (when p21686 =1). If this value is
too noisy then parameters p21687, p21688 and p21689 must be appropriately adapted.

r21691 CO: Torque setpoint, inertia calculation [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the torque setpoint that was calculated by the inertia calculation as pre-control value.

r21692 CO: Torque setpoint, inertia calculation normalized
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1300
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the torque setpoint from the inertia calculation normalized to the reference torque.
Recommendation: This value can be interconnected as supplementary torque for the winder drive and is used to pre-control
the torque to accelerate or decelerate the variable mass moment of inertia of the winder.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21806

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 137

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21700 Tension setpoint, fixed [N]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1120
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 10.000
Description: Sets the fixed tension setpoint.
Values: 0
0
the value of the signal at p21701 is effective instead of p21700
the set value is effective
Dependency: Also refer to: p21701, r21702
Note: Using this parameter, the tension setpoint can be entered as fixed value. If the setpoint is interconnected
using PZD then this can be done via p21701. In this case, p21700 must be set to 0.
Negative tension setpoints do not become effective!

p21701 CI: Tension setpoint, variable [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1120
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the tension setpoint.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21700, r21702, p21703
Note: Using this parameter, the tension setpoint can be entered as PZD. In this case, p21700 must be set to 0.
The value should be entered referred to the normalization value of the tension p21703, i.e. as a % of the
maximum tension.
Negative tension setpoints do not become effective!

r21702 Tension setpoint [N]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1120
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the tension setpoint before the ramp-function generator.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21700, p21701, p21703
Note: The value depends on the settings in p21700, p21701 and p21703. If p217000, then this applies as
value. For p21700=0, the value of the connector at p21701 multiplied by the normalization value p21703 is
effective.
Although negative tension setpoints are displayed here, they do not become effective!

p21703 Normalization, tension setpoints (maximum tension) [N]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1120
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 10.000
Description: Sets the maximum tension that is simultaneously used as normalization for the tension setpoint p21701.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

138
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21704 BI: Tension setpoint, jogging
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1120
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to control the jog function (raise / lower) of the tension ramp-function generator.
Values: 0

1
the tension ramp-function generator operates as standard ramp-function generator, the output
tracks the input, integrating,
the tension ramp-function generator operates as motor potentiometer
Note: The changeover from ramp-function generator operation to motor potentiometer is bumpless.

p21705 BI: Increase tension
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1120
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to control the command "increase tension setpoint".
Values: 0
1
the tension setpoint is not increased
the tension setpoint is increased corresponding to the ramp-up time set in p21710
Dependency: Also refer to: p21704, p21706, p21710, p21711
Note: The selection is only effective if motor potentiometer operation is enabled using the signal at p21704 and a
high signal is not simultaneously present at p21706 (decrease tension). If motor potentiometer operation
has been selected, the tension setpoint remains constant if high signals are present both at p21705
(increase tension) as well as at p21706 (decrease tension).

p21706 BI: Decrease tension
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1120
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Sets the signal source to control the command "decrease tension setpoint".
Values: 0
1
the tension setpoint is not decreased
the tension setpoint is decreased corresponding to the ramp-down time set in p21711
Dependency: Also refer to: p21704, p21705, p21710, p21711
Note: The selection is only effective if motor potentiometer operation is enabled using the signal at p21704 and a
high signal is not simultaneously present at p21705 (increase tension). If motor potentiometer operation
has been selected, the tension setpoint remains constant if high signals are present both at p21705
(increase tension) as well as at p21706 (decrease tension).

p21707 CI: Setting value RFG tension setpoint [N]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1120
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - r21742
Description: Sets the signal source for the setting value of the ramp-function generator of the tension setpoint.
Dependency: The ramp-function generator is set to the value of the interconnected signal source if the drive is not
operational.
Note: The tension actual value is the standard interconnection - in order to permit soft starting.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 139

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

r21708 CO: Tension setpoint after the ramp-function generator [N]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1120
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the tension setpoint after the ramp-function generator.

p21710 Ramp-up time, tension setpoint [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1120
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 5000.000
Description: Sets the ramp-up time of the ramp-function generator of the tension setpoint.
Note: The value is effective both in ramp-function generator as well as in motor potentiometer operation.

p21711 Ramp-down time, tension setpoint [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1120
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 5000.000
Description: Sets the ramp-down time of the ramp-function generator of the tension setpoint.
Note: The value is effective both in ramp-function generator as well as in motor potentiometer operation.

p21715 Position setpoint, fixed [LU]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1130
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 10.000
Description: Sets the fixed value for the position setpoint.
Recommendation: This parameter is used if the setpoint (reference) position for the dancer roll should be permanently set.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21716, r21717
Note: Using this parameter, the position setpoint (reference value) can be entered as fixed value. If the position
setpoint is to be interconnected using PZD then this can be done via parameter p21716. In this case,
p21715 must be set to 0.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

140
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21716 CI: Position setpoint, variable [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1130
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the position setpoint.
Recommendation: This parameter is used if a variable setpoint position is to be entered for the dancer roll.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21715, r21716, p21718
Note: Using this parameter, the position setpoint can be entered as PZD. In this case, p21715 must be set to 0.
The connector is evaluated using the normalization factor p21718.

r21717 Position setpoint [LU]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1130
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective position setpoint in front of the ramp-function generator.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21715, p21716, p21718
Note: Depending on parameters p21715 and p21716 the effective position setpoint is displayed here for
checking purposes. For p21715 = 0 this is the value of the connector interconnected using p21716 -
normalized using p21718, otherwise the value of p21715 0 is effective.
A limit effective using p21718 is not taken into account in p21717!

p21718 Normalization, position setpoints (maximum position value) [LU]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1130
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 -3.40E+38 10.000
Description: Sets the maximum value of the position setpoint. This is simultaneously used to normalize the position
setpoints and actual values if these are interconnected as percentage quantities.
Note: The value of p21718 is used on one hand to normalize the position values entered as percentage
quantities and, on the other side, as limit value for the ramp-function generator for the position setpoints. In
this case, the value acts directly as upper limit - and with a negative sign as negative limit for the ramp-
function generator of the position setpoints.

p21719 BI: Position setpoint, jogging
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1130
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to enable the motor potentiometer function of the position setpoint ramp-function
generator.
Values: 0

1
the position setpoint ramp-function generator operates as normal, integrating ramp-function
generator, the position setpoint at the output tracks the input value, integrating
the position setpoint ramp-function generator operates as motor potentiometer and the position
setpoint can be increased or decreased using the signals interconnected in p21720 and p21721.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21720, p21721
Note: The changeover from ramp-function generator operation to motor potentiometer operation is bumpless.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 141

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21720 BI: Position setpoint, increase
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1130
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to control the signal "increase position setpoint"
Values: 0
1
the position setpoint is not increased
the position setpoint is increased corresponding to the ramp-up time set in p21725 (in the
positive range) or corresponding to the ramp-down time set in p21726 (in the negative range)
Dependency: Also refer to: p21719, p21721, p21725, p21726
Note: The selection is only effective if motor potentiometer operation is enabled using the signal at p21719 and a
high signal is not simultaneously present at p21721 (decrease position setpoint). The position setpoint
remains constant if, when the motor potentiometer operation is selected, high signals are both at p21720
(increase position setpoint) as well as at p21721 (decrease position setpoint).

p21721 BI: Position setpoint, decrease
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1130
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to control the signal "decrease position setpoint".
Values: 0
1
the position setpoint is not decreased
the position setpoint is decreased corresponding to the ramp-down time set in p21726 (in the
positive range) or corresponding to the ramp-up time set in p21725 (in the negative range)
Dependency: Also refer to: p21719, p21720, p21725, p21726
Note: The selection is only effective if motor potentiometer operation is enabled using the signal at p21719 and a
high signal is not simultaneously present at p21720 (increase position setpoint). The position setpoint
remains constant if, when motor potentiometer operation is selected a high signal is present at p21720
(increase position setpoint) as well as at p21721 (decrease position setpoint).

p21722 CI: Setting value RFG position setpoint [LU]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1130
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - r21750
Description: Sets the signal source for the setting value of the ramp-function generator of the position setpoint.
Dependency: The ramp-function generator is set to the value of the interconnected signal source if the drive is not
operational.
Note: The position actual value is the standard interconnection in order to permit soft starting.

r21723 CO: Position setpoint after the ramp-function generator [LU]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1130
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the position setpoint after the ramp-function generator.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

142
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21725 Ramp-up time, position setpoint [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1130
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 5000.000
Description: Sets the ramp-up time of the ramp-function generator of the position setpoint.
Note: The value is both effective in ramp-function generator operation as well as in motor potentiometer
operation.

p21726 Ramp-down time, position setpoint [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1130
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 5000.000
Description: Sets the ramp-down time of the ramp-function generator of the position setpoint.
Note: The value is effective both in ramp-function generator operation as well as in motor potentiometer
operation.

r21728 CO: Setpoint decrease, winding hardness characteristic internal
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1150
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the fixed set value for the setpoint decrease of the winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21731, p21729
Note: The connector shows the value of p21731. In factory settings it is connected to p21729.

p21729 CO: Setpoint decrease, winding hardness characteristic variable
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1150
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - r21728
Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint decrease of the winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21731, r21728, p21739
Note: In factory settings the parameter is connected to the fixed value in p21731. If another connector is
interconnected, the reduction characteristic has to be set as relative (p21739=0)

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 143

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21730 BI: Activate winding hardness characteristic
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1150
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to activate the winding hardness characteristic
Values: 0
1
the winding hardness characteristic is not active,
the winding hardness characteristic is active,
Dependency: Also refer to: r22102
Note: The winding hardness characteristic can only be activated when "winder" is selected. The selection
"unwinder" is signaled back in the status word winder using bit 0 = 1.

p21731 Setpoint decrease, winding hardness characteristic, fixed value
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1150
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 1.000 0
Description: Sets the value to decrease the setpoint of the winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: r21708, p21730, status word winder, bit 0
Note: The value of p21731 defines the decrease of the winding tension referred to the tension setpoint at the
output of the tension ramp-function generator (r21708). The decrease starts if the diameter is greater than
the minimum diameter of the winding hardness decrease defined in p21733. Depending on the
characteristic (p21736) the selected value of the setpoint decrease is reached at the maximum wound roll
diameter (p21734) or at infinity.

p21732 BI: winding hardness characteristic with unwinder
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1150
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 1.000 0
Description: Sets the signal source to enable the hardness characteristic for the unwinder.

p21733 Minimum wound roll diameter (start of the decrease) [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1150
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 3.40E+38 0.100
Description: Sets the value for the minimum diameter where the winding hardness decrease starts.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21730, status word winder bit 0
Note: This value only influences the winding hardness characteristic.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

144
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21734 Maximum wound roll diameter (point where the setpoint is decreased) [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1150
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the value for the maximum diameter as point where the setpoint is decreased.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21730, p21736, status word winder bit 0
Note: If the characteristic of the curve is set to "Reduction at Dmax (p21736=1), for a diameter value
corresponding to p21734, the setpoint decrease of p21731 is reached. If a diameter greater than p21734
is reached then the magnitude of the decrease is also greater than p21731. When setting the
characteristic to "Decrease at infinity" then the value of p21734 is not relevant.

p21736 Characteristic ( 0=reduct. infinity; 1=reduct. Dmax; 2=linear; 3=free charact.)
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1150
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Sets the winding hardness characteristic
Values: 0
1
2
3
the setpoint decrease (p21731) is reached at infinity
the setpoint decrease is reached at Dmax (p21734)
the setpoint decrease is carried out linear and is reached at Dmax (p21734)
the setpoint decrease is carried out according to a free characteristic curve, which can be
adjusted in p21940 to p21959
Dependency: Also refer to: p21730, status word winder bit 0, p21940 to p21959

r21737 CO: Adapted setpoint [N]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1150
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the setpoint adapted by the winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21730
Note: The value is displayed independent of the activation of the winding hardness characteristic.

p21738 Tension / position controller ON delay time [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1030
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1000.000
Description: Sets the switch-on delay between tension operation enable and tension / position controller enable

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 145

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21739 BI: winding hardness charact. function (1=abs. reduct.; 0=rel. reduct.)
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1150
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Adjustment for the type of reduction of the winding hardness characteristic function.
Note: If absolute reduction is enabled the setpoint tension will be reduced about the value which is set in p21731
in N at the point for setpoint reduction.
If relative reduction is enabled the setpoint tension will be reduced about the value which is set in p21731
in % at the point for setpoint reduction relating to the actual tension setpoint.

p21740 CI: Tension actual value [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1160
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the tension actual value.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21703
Note: The value of the signal in p21740 is evaluated with the normalization of the tension setpoint p21703.

p21741 Smoothing time, tension actual value [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1160
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the smoothing time for the tension actual value.


r21742 CO: Tension actual value, smoothed [N]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1160
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the smoothed tension actual value.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

146
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21743 CI: Position actual value, normalized [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1160
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the position actual value as referred value (per unit value).
Dependency: Also refer to: 21750
Note: The signal of the position actual value can be interconnected here if this is available as percentage value
referred to the normalization of the position values (p21718).
For p21750 = 1, the parameter is not relevant.

p21744 CI: Position actual value, dancer roll [Inc]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1160
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the position actual value as incremental value.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21750
Note: The signal of the position actual value can be interconnected here if the value is available as incremental
value. This value is converted into Length Units (LU) by evaluating with parameters p21745 and p21746.
For p21750 = 0, the parameter is not relevant.

p21745 Position actual value conditioning, dancer roll numerator [LU]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1160
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the numerator to calculate the actual value when using the position setpoint at p21744.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21750
Note: Together with p21746, this value is used to normalize the incremental position actual value from p21744.
The value of the signal from p21744 is divided by p21746 and is then multiplied by p21745.
The parameter is not relevant if p21750 = 0.

p21746 Position actual value conditioning, dancer roll denominator [Inc]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1160
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the denominator for the actual value calculation when using the position setpoint at p21744.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21750
Note: Together with p21745, this value is used to normalize the incremental position actual value from p21744.
The value of the signal from p21744 is divided by p21746 and is then multiplied by p21745. The parameter
is not relevant if p21750 = 0.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 147

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

r21747 CO: Position actual value, dancer roll [LU]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1160
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the position actual value after conditioning.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21744, p21745, p21746
Note: The value shows the position actual value from the conditioning of the value at p21744 using evaluation
factors p21745 and p21746. The displayed value is not relevant if the position actual value is entered
using p21743 and p21750 = 0.

p21748 BI: Position actual value input (1=value in LU; 0=normalized)
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1160
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to select the source of the position actual value.
Values: 0
1
the value of the position actual value is interconnected with p21743 as normalized value,
the value of the position actual value is interconnected as incremental value with p21744 and can
be evaluated with p21745 and p21746,
Dependency: Also refer to: p21747

p21749 Smoothing time, position actual value [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1160
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the smoothing time for the position actual value.

r21750 CO: Position actual value, smooth, actual [LU]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1160
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the smoothed position actual value.

p21751 Position controller base Kp [1/min*LU; m/min*LU]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.001
Description: Sets the base Kp of the position controller.
Note: Negative values are not permissible and can result in undesirable behavior of the application.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

148
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21752 Tension controller base Kp for the speed correction control [1/min*N; m/min*N]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1201
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.10
Description: Sets the base Kp of the tension controller for speed correction control.
Note: Negative values are not permissible and can result in undesirable behavior of the application.

p21753 Tension controller, base Kp for torque control [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1203
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.100
Description: Sets the base Kp of the tension controller for torque control.
Note: Negative values are not permissible and can result in undesirable behavior of the application.

p21754 Tension/position controller, integral action time [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the integral action time for the tension and position controller.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21755, p21756
Note: Internally, the value is limited to the sampling time as the lowest value; this means that it can only be
deactivated with p21756=1.

p21755 BI: Tension/position controller as I controller
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal source for changing over the tension / position controller from PI control to I control.
Values: 0
1
the tension/position controller operates with the P component,
the P component is deactivated,
Dependency: Also refer to: p21756, p21757
Note: If the value of the input is changed, a step (jump) is obtained at the controller output with the magnitude of
the system deviation multiplied by the Kp factor corresponding to the control technique.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 149

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21756 BI: Reset tension/position controller integral component
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal source to reset the I component
Values: 0
1
the I component is calculated and is limited when reaching the controller limit,
the I component is reset to zero,
Dependency: Also refer to: p21758
Note: When the integral component is set, this causes a step (jump) at the controller output with the magnitude
of the actual value of the integral component. Resetting is dominant with respect to holding the I
component (p21757). A pure P controller can be implemented by permanently entering the setting
command. For instance this can be practical for speed correction controls.

p21757 BI: Hold tension/position controller, integral component
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal source to hold the integral component.
Values: 0
1
the integral component is not held,
the integral component is held,
Dependency: Also refer to: p21756
Note: When selecting and cancelling the "hold integral component" signal, no steps (jumps) occur at the
controller output. The signal has a lower priority than the "reset integral component" signal.

p21758 BI: Tension/position controller, enable D component
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal source to enable the D component
Values: 0
1
the controller operates as P, PI or P controller without D component,
the controller operates with D component,
Note: Using this parameter, the D component of the tension / position controller can be enabled; as a
consequence a step (jump) occurs at the controller output with the magnitude of the D component
(r21763).

p21759 Tension/position controller, differential time constant D component [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the differential time constant for the D component of the tension / position controller.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21758, r21763
Note:

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

150
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

r21760 CO: Tension/position controller, effective Kp
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective Kp factor for the tension/position controller.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21751, p21752, p21753, p21779 to p21799
Note: The effective Kp depends on the selected control technique (p21751, p21752 and p21753) and on the
adaptation characteristic (p21779 to p21799).

r21761 CO: Tension/position controller, sum controller output [Nm; rpm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the controller output value.
Note: The value shows the effective output of the tension/position controller. This value is dependent on the
controller settings (P, I, PI, PID etc.).

r21762 CO: Tension/position controller, PI component
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PI component of the tension/ position controller.
Note: The value indicates the effective component of the tension/position controller that is obtained as a result of
the controller settings.

r21763 CO: Tension/position controller, D component
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the D component of the tension/position controller.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21758
Note: The value indicates the D component of the tension position controller. The value is independent of the D
component being enabled. The D component is only effective if a high signal is present at p21758.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 151

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


r21764 Tension/position controller setpoint [N; LU]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual setpoint for the tension/position controller.

p21765 Tension/position controller, upper limit speed correction [U/min; m/min]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 10.000
Description: Sets the upper speed limit value of the tension/position controller.
Note: This value represents the upper limit of the tension/position controller for the speed correction control.

p21766 Tension/position controller, lower limit speed correction [U/min; m/min]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 -10.000
Description: Sets the lower speed limit value of the tension / position controller.
Note: This value represents the lower limit of the tension / position controller for the speed correction control.

p21767 Tension controller, upper limit value for torque control [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1202
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 10.000
Description: Sets the upper torque limit of the tension controller.
Note: This value represents the upper limit value of the tension controller in the torque controlled modes. The
value is referred to the winding axis.

p21768 Tension controller, lower limit value for torque control [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1202
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 -10.000
Description: Sets the lower torque limit of the tension controller.
Note: This value represents the lower limit value of the tension controller in the torque controlled modes. The
value is referred to the winding axis.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

152
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

r21769 Tension/position controller, actual value [N; LU]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual value for the tension/position controller.

p21770 CI: Scal. Tens./Pos ctr. up. Limit. diam.dep. speed corr. ctrl. [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 100%
Description: Sets the signal source for the variable upper limit of the position/tension controller when diameter reluctant
speed control is enabled.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21644, p21765
Note: The value in p21770 refers to the nominalised web velocity value (p21516) and is used as upper limit for
the position/ tension controller. This value is only important when speed correction control and diameter
dependent action of the speed correction controller is enabled.
The minimum is evaluated by the fixed limit which can be adjusted in p21765.

p21771 CI: Scal. Tens./Pos ctr. low. Limit. diam.dep. speed corr. ctrl. [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 100%
Description: Sets the signal source for the variable lower limit of the position/tension controller when diameter reluctant
speed control is enabled.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21644, p21766
Note: The value in p21771 refers to the negated nominalised web velocity value (p21516) and is used as lower
limit for the position/ tension controller. This value is only important when speed correction control and
diameter dependent action of the speed correction controller is enabled.
The maximum is evaluated by the fixed limit which can be adjusted in p21766.

p21772 CI: Scal. Tens./Pos ctr. up. Limit. direct speed corr. ctrl. [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 100%
Description: Sets the signal source for the variable upper limit of the position/tension controller when direct speed
constant control is enabled.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21644, p21765
Note: The value in p21772 refers to the nominalised speed value (p21511) and is used as upper limit for the
position/ tension controller. This value is only important when speed correction control is enabled or when
the speed correction controller directly intervenes.
The minimum is evaluated by the fixed limit which can be adjusted in p21765.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 153

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21773 CI: Scal. Tens./Pos ctr. low. Limit. direct speed corr. ctrl. [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 100%
Description: Sets the signal source for the variable lower limit of the position/tension controller when direct speed
constant control is enabled.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21644, p21766
Note: The value in p21773 refers to the positive nominalised speed value (p21511) and is used as lower limit for
the position/ tension controller. This value is only important when speed correction control is enabled or
when the speed correction controller directly intervenes.
The maximum is evaluated by the fixed limit which can be adjusted in p21766.

p21774 CI: Scal. Tension ctrl. upper limit torque control [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI120X
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 100%
Description: Sets the signal source for the variable upper limit of the position/tension controller when direct speed
constant control is enabled.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21644, p21766
Note: The value in p21773 refers to the positive nominalised speed value (p21511) and is used as upper limit for
the position/ tension controller. This value is only important when speed correction control is enabled or
when the speed correction controller directly intervenes.
The minimum is evaluated by the fixed limit which can be adjusted in p21766.

p21775 CI: Scal. Tension ctrl. lower limit torque control [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1202
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 100%
Description: Sets the signal source for the variable lower limit of the tension controller when torque control is enabled.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21644, p21768
Note: The value in p21775 refers to the negated nominalised torque value (p21806) and is used as upper limit
for the tension controller. This value is only important when torque control is enabled.
The maximum gets evaluated by the fixed limit which can be adjusted in p21767.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

154
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21779 CI: Tension/position controller source Kp adaptation
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1202
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - r21545
Description: Sets the signal source for the input value of the tension / position controller adaptation.
Recommendation: Generally, the tension/position controller is adapted using the actual diameter. This also corresponds to
the factory setting.
Note: If signals other than the actual diameter are used then for the parameters for the X coordinates of the
adaptation characteristic (p21780 to p21798), the unit [m] should be ignored. It should then be noted that it
may be necessary to normalize when entering the points along the characteristic, dependent on whether a
connector from the application or a connector from the standard function of the drive is interconnected.
Connectors from the winder application are absolute values corresponding to the specified units.
Interconnections to basis connectors of the drive are normalized using the reference parameters (100% at
the points along the characteristic then correspond to a value of 1.000).

p21780 Adaptation, point X1 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the X value for the first point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21781
Note: If signals other than the actual diameter are used then for this parameter, for the X coordinates of the
adaptation characteristic, the unit [m] should be ignored. It should then be noted that it may be necessary
to normalize when entering the points along the characteristic, dependent on whether a connector from the
application or a connector from the standard function of the drive is interconnected. Connectors from the
winder application are absolute values corresponding to the specified units. Interconnections to basis
connectors of the drive are normalized using the reference parameters (100% at the points along the
characteristic then correspond to a value of 1.000).

p21781 Adaptation, point Y1
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the Y value for the first point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21780
Note: The adaptation factor for the points along the tension/position controller adaptation characteristic is
defined in this value. This represents a multiplication factor for the Kp of the position controller. The
resulting Kp can be read-out at r21760.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 155

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21782 Adaptation, point X2 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the X value for the second point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21783
Note: If signals other than the actual diameter are used then for this parameter, for the X coordinates of the
adaptation characteristic, the unit [m] should be ignored. It should then be noted that it may be necessary
to normalize when entering the points along the characteristic, dependent on whether a connector from the
application or a connector from the standard function of the drive is interconnected. Connectors from the
winder application are absolute values corresponding to the specified units. Interconnections to basis
connectors of the drive are normalized using the reference parameters (100% at the points along the
characteristic then correspond to a value of 1.000).

p21783 Adaptation, point Y2
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the Y value for the second point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21782
Note: The adaptation factor for the points along the tension / position controller adaptation characteristic is
defined in this value. This represents a multiplication factor for the Kp of the position controller. The
resulting Kp can be read-out at r21760.

p21784 Adaptation, point X3 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the X value for the third point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21785
Note: If signals other than the actual diameter are used then for this parameter, for the X coordinates of the
adaptation characteristic, the unit [m] should be ignored. It should then be noted that it may be necessary
to normalize when entering the points along the characteristic, dependent on whether a connector from the
application or a connector from the standard function of the drive is interconnected. Connectors from the
winder application are absolute values corresponding to the specified units. Interconnections to basis
connectors of the drive are normalized using the reference parameters (100% at the points along the
characteristic then correspond to a value of 1.000).

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

156
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21785 Adaptation, point Y3
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the Y value for the third point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21784
Note: The adaptation factor for the points along the tension / position controller adaptation characteristic is
defined in this value. This represents a multiplication factor for the Kp of the position controller. The
resulting Kp can be read-out at r21760.

p21786 Adaptation, point X4 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the X value for the fourth point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21786
Note: If signals other than the actual diameter are used then for this parameter, for the X coordinates of the
adaptation characteristic, the unit [m] should be ignored. It should then be noted that it may be necessary
to normalize when entering the points along the characteristic, dependent on whether a connector from the
application or a connector from the standard function of the drive is interconnected. Connectors from the
winder application are absolute values corresponding to the specified units. Interconnections to basis
connectors of the drive are normalized using the reference parameters (100% at the points along the
characteristic then correspond to a value of 1.000).

p21787 Adaptation, point Y4
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the Y value for the fourth point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21786
Note: The adaptation factor for the points along the tension / position controller adaptation characteristic is
defined in this value. This represents a multiplication factor for the Kp of the position controller. The
resulting Kp can be read-out at r21760.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 157

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21788 Adaptation, point X5 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the X value for the fifth point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21789
Note: If signals other than the actual diameter are used then for this parameter, for the X coordinates of the
adaptation characteristic, the unit [m] should be ignored. It should then be noted that it may be necessary
to normalize when entering the points along the characteristic, dependent on whether a connector from the
application or a connector from the standard function of the drive is interconnected. Connectors from the
winder application are absolute values corresponding to the specified units. Interconnections to basis
connectors of the drive are normalized using the reference parameters (100% at the points along the
characteristic then correspond to a value of 1.000).

p21789 Adaptation, point Y5
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the Y value for the fifth point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21788
Note: The adaptation factor for the points along the tension / position controller adaptation characteristic is
defined in this value. This represents a multiplication factor for the Kp of the position controller. The
resulting Kp can be read-out at r21760.

p21790 Adaptation, point X6 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the X value for the sixth point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21791
Note: If signals other than the actual diameter are used then for this parameter, for the X coordinates of the
adaptation characteristic, the unit [m] should be ignored. It should then be noted that it may be necessary
to normalize when entering the points along the characteristic, dependent on whether a connector from the
application or a connector from the standard function of the drive is interconnected. Connectors from the
winder application are absolute values corresponding to the specified units. Interconnections to basis
connectors of the drive are normalized using the reference parameters (100% at the points along the
characteristic then correspond to a value of 1.000).

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

158
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21791 Adaptation, point Y6
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the Y value for the sixth point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21790
Note: The adaptation factor for the points along the tension / position controller adaptation characteristic is
defined in this value. This represents a multiplication factor for the Kp of the position controller. The
resulting Kp can be read-out at r21760.

p21792 Adaptation, point X7 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the X value for the seventh point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21793
Note: If signals other than the actual diameter are used then for this parameter, for the X coordinates of the
adaptation characteristic, the unit [m] should be ignored. It should then be noted that it may be necessary
to normalize when entering the points along the characteristic, dependent on whether a connector from the
application or a connector from the standard function of the drive is interconnected. Connectors from the
winder application are absolute values corresponding to the specified units. Interconnections to basis
connectors of the drive are normalized using the reference parameters (100% at the points along the
characteristic then correspond to a value of 1.000).

p21793 Adaptation, point Y7
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the Y value for the seventh point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21792
Note: The adaptation factor for the points along the tension / position controller adaptation characteristic is
defined in this value. This represents a multiplication factor for the Kp of the position controller. The
resulting Kp can be read-out at r21760.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 159

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21794 Adaptation, point X8 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the X value for the eight point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21795
Note: If signals other than the actual diameter are used then for this parameter, for the X coordinates of the
adaptation characteristic, the unit [m] should be ignored. It should then be noted that it may be necessary
to normalize when entering the points along the characteristic, dependent on whether a connector from the
application or a connector from the standard function of the drive is interconnected. Connectors from the
winder application are absolute values corresponding to the specified units. Interconnections to basis
connectors of the drive are normalized using the reference parameters (100% at the points along the
characteristic then correspond to a value of 1.000).

p21795 Adaptation, point Y8
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the Y value for the eighth point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21794
Note: The adaptation factor for the points along the tension / position controller adaptation characteristic is
defined in this value. This represents a multiplication factor for the Kp of the position controller. The
resulting Kp can be read-out at r21760.

p21796 Adaptation, point X9 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the X value for the ninth point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21797
Note: If signals other than the actual diameter are used then for this parameter, for the X coordinates of the
adaptation characteristic, the unit [m] should be ignored. It should then be noted that it may be necessary
to normalize when entering the points along the characteristic, dependent on whether a connector from the
application or a connector from the standard function of the drive is interconnected. Connectors from the
winder application are absolute values corresponding to the specified units. Interconnections to basis
connectors of the drive are normalized using the reference parameters (100% at the points along the
characteristic then correspond to a value of 1.000).

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

160
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21797 Adaptation, point Y9
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the Y value for the ninth point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21796
Note: The adaptation factor for the points along the tension / position controller adaptation characteristic is
defined in this value. This represents a multiplication factor for the Kp of the position controller. The
resulting Kp can be read-out at r21760.

p21798 Adaptation, point X10 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the X value for the tenth point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21799
Note: If signals other than the actual diameter are used then for this parameter, for the X coordinates of the
adaptation characteristic, the unit [m] should be ignored. It should then be noted that it may be necessary
to normalize when entering the points along the characteristic, dependent on whether a connector from the
application or a connector from the standard function of the drive is interconnected. Connectors from the
winder application are absolute values corresponding to the specified units. Interconnections to basis
connectors of the drive are normalized using the reference parameters (100% at the points along the
characteristic then correspond to a value of 1.000).

p21799 Adaptation, point Y10
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1200
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 1.000
Description: Sets the Y value for the tenth point of the adaptation characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21779, p21798
Note: The adaptation factor for the points along the tension / position controller adaptation characteristic is
defined in this value. This represents a multiplication factor for the Kp of the position controller. The
resulting Kp can be read-out at r21760.

r21800 CO: Torque setpoint, referred to the wound roll [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the torque setpoint referred to the winding axis.
Note: The value represents the torque setpoint referred to the winding axis. It is obtained from the pre-control
using the tension setpoint and actual diameter; and for tension control, via the torque correction in addition
at the output of the tension controller.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 161

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

r21801 CO: Torque setpoint, referred to the motor [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the torque setpoint referred to the motor shaft.
Note: The value indicates the torque setpoint referred to the motor shaft.

r21802 upper limit speed correction [rpm; m/min]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the upper speed limit of the speed correction controller.

r21803 lower limit speed correction [rpm; m/min]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the lower speed limit of the speed correction controller.

r21804 upper limit torque control [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the upper torque limit of the tension controller.

r21805 lower limit torque control [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the lower torque limit of the tension controller.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

162
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21806 CI: Normalization, torque [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the reference torque.
Recommendation: The interconnection should be made with r2703 of the winder drive.
Note: Fault F51050 is output if no normalization value is interconnected.

r21807 CO: Torque limiting, tension / web operation setpoint [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the currently effective torque setpoint.

p21808 Ramp-up time, torque limit for tension operation ON [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 100.000
Description: Sets the ramp-up time (or ramp-down time) of the torque setpoint when changing over (toggling) between
tension and web operation
Note: The selected ramp-up time is only effective when changing over from tension to web operation and vice
versa; it is not effective when changing the setpoint. This time is also effective as ramp-down time when
reducing the values.

p21810 Upper torque limit, fixed speed control [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 10.000
Description: Sets the fixed setpoint for the upper torque limit for speed correction control.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21812, r21814
Note: Using this parameter, the upper torque limit can be entered as fixed value when speed correction control is
active. If the torque limit is to be entered as PZD, then parameter p21812 is available for this purpose. In
this case, p21810 = 0 must be entered.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 163

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21811 Lower torque limit, fixed speed control [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 -10.000
Description: Sets the fixed setpoint for the lower torque limit for speed correction control.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21813, r21815
Note: Using this parameter, the lower torque limit can be entered as fixed value when speed correction control is
active. If the torque limit is to be entered as PZD, then parameter p21813 is available for this purpose. In
this case, p21811 = 0 must be entered.

p21812 CI: Upper torque limit, variable speed control, normalized
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the upper torque limit for speed correction control.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21810, r21814
Note: Using this parameter, the upper torque limit can be entered using PZD when the speed correction control
is active. In this case, p21810 = 0 must be set.

p21813 CI: Lower torque limit, variable speed control, normalized
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the lower torque limit for speed correction control.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21811, r21815
Note: Using this parameter, the lower torque limit can be entered using PZD when the speed correction control
is active. In this case, p21811 = 0 must be set.

r21814 CO: Upper torque limit, effective for speed control [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective, upper torque limit for speed correction control.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21810, p21812
Note: Depending on parameters p21810 and p21812 the effective upper torque limit is displayed here for
checking purposes when the speed correction control is active. For p21810 = 0, this is the value of the
connector that is interconnected in p21812, otherwise the value of p21810 0 is effective.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

164
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

r21815 CO: Lower torque limit, effective for speed control [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective, lower torque limit for speed correction control.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21811, p21813
Note: Depending on parameters p21811 and p21813 the effective lower torque limit is displayed here for
checking purposes when speed correction control is active. For p21811 = 0, this is the value of the
connector that is interconnected in p21813, otherwise the value of p21811 0 is effective.

r21816 CO: Upper torque limit, effective [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the upper torque limit effective at the drive.
Note: This value indicates the torque limit that becomes effective at the drive.

r21817 CO: Lower torque limit, effective [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the lower torque limit effective at the drive.
Note: This value indicates the torque limit that becomes effective at the drive.

p21818 CI: Upper torque limit of the drive
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the upper drive torque limit.
Recommendation: To correctly convert the scaling of the torque limit, which is transferred to the drive, the upper drive torque
limit before scaling must be interconnected here:
SERVO: r1534
VECTOR: p1520
DC_CTRL: 1
Note: For SINAMICS DCM the torque limit refers to the reference torque, so that a value of 100% must be
entered here.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 165

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21819 CI: Lower torque limit of the drive
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the lower drive torque limit.
Recommendation: To correctly convert the scaling of the torque limit, which is transferred to the drive, the lower drive torque
limit before scaling must be interconnected here:
SERVO: r1535
VECTOR: p1521
DC_CTRL: 1
Note: For SINAMICS DCM the torque limit refers to the reference torque, so that a value of 100% must be
entered here.

r21820 CO: Upper torque limit scaling effective, normalized
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the upper torque limit after normalization using the reference torque.
Recommendation: This connector output should be interconnected to the scaling factor of the upper torque limiting or the
positive torque limit:
SERVO, VECTOR: p1552
DC_CTRL: p50605.0 (only if friction and acceleration compensation
are not being used)
Dependency: Also see: p21806, p21822, p21824, p21825, p21830

r21821 CO: Lower torque limit scaling effective, normalized
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the lower torque limit after normalization using the reference torque.
Recommendation: This connector output should be interconnected to the scaling factor of the lower torque limiting or the
negative torque limit:
SERVO, VECTOR: p1552
DC_CTRL: p50606.0 (only if friction and acceleration compensation
are not being used)
Dependency: Also see: p21806, p21823, p21824, p21825, p21831

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

166
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21822 CI: Upper torque limit setpoint without the compensation torques
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - r21820
Description: Sets the signal source for the upper torque limit of the application.
Recommendation: To correctly calculate the torque limit, which is transferred to the drive, the upper torque limit of the
application without compensation torque must be interconnected here:
SERVO: not relevant
VECTOR: not relevant
DC_CTRL: r21820
Note: For SINAMICS DCM, the torque limit refers to the total torque including the friction compensation and
supplementary torques; this is the reason that the frictional torque and the acceleration torque must be
taken into account in the torque limit.

p21823 CI: Lower torque limit setpoint without compensation torques
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - r21821
Description: Sets the signal source for the lower torque limit of the application.
Recommendation: To correctly calculate the torque limit, which is transferred to the drive, the lower torque limit of the
application without compensation torque must be interconnected here:
SERVO: not relevant
VECTOR: not relevant
DC_CTRL: r21821
Note: For SINAMICS DCM, the torque limit refers to the total torque including the friction compensation and
supplementary torques; this is the reason that the frictional torque and the acceleration torque must be
taken into account in the torque limit.

p21824 CI: Moment of inertia compensation setpoint for adaptation torque limit
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - r21692
Description: Sets the signal source for the acceleration torque of the application.
Recommendation: To correctly calculate the torque limit, which is transferred to the drive, the acceleration torque of the
application - determined from the moment of inertia calculation - must be interconnected here:
SERVO: not relevant
VECTOR: not relevant
DC_CTRL: r21692
Note: For SINAMICS DCM, the torque limit refers to the total torque including the friction compensation and
supplementary torques; this is the reason that the frictional torque and the acceleration torque must be
taken into account in the torque limit.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 167

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21825 CI: Setpoint friction compensation for adaptation torque limit
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the frictional torque of the drive.
Recommendation: To correctly calculate the torque limit, which is transferred to the drive, the frictional torque calculated from
the frictional characteristic of the drive must be interconnected here:
SERVO: not relevant
VECTOR: not relevant
DC_CTRL: r52171
Note: For SINAMICS DCM, the torque limit refers to the total torque including the friction compensation and
supplementary torques; this is the reason that the frictional torque and the acceleration torque must be
taken into account in the torque limit.

r21830 CO: Effective upper torque limit, normalized with adaptation
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the upper torque limit after normalization using the reference torque. Additionally contains the
frictional and acceleration torques
Recommendation: This connector output should be interconnected to the positive torque limit:
SERVO, VECTOR: not relevant
DC_CTRL: p50605.0
Dependency: Also see: p21806, p21820

r21831 CO: Effective lower torque limit, normalized with adaptation
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1320
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the lower torque limit after normalization using the reference torque. Additionally contains the
frictional and acceleration torques
Recommendation: This connector output should be interconnected to the negative torque limit:
SERVO, VECTOR: not relevant
DC_CTRL: p50606.0
Dependency: Also see p21806, p21821

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

168
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21840 Fixed value, minimum tension web breakage monitoring [N]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1400
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.500
Description: Sets the fixed value for the minimum tension of the web breakage monitoring function.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21841, r21842
Note: Using this parameter, the minimum tension for the web breakage monitoring function can be entered as
fixed value. If the torque limit is to be entered as PZD, then parameter p21841 is available for this purpose.
In this case, p21840 = 0 must be entered.
The minimum tension is monitored for tension control with measuring transducer, speed correction control
as well as for torque correction control.

p21841 Minimum tension, web breakage monitoring variable [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1400
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the minimum tension of the web breakage monitoring function.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21840, r21842
Note: Using this parameter, the minimum tension for the web breakage monitoring function can be entered as
PZD. In this case, p21840 = 0 must be entered.
The minimum tension is monitored for tension control with measuring transducer, speed correction control
as well as for torque correction control.

r21842 CO: Effective minimum tension, web breakage monitoring [N]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1400
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective minimum tension for the web breakage monitoring function.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21840, p21841
Note: Depending on parameters p21840 and p21841 the effective minimum tension value of the web breakage
monitoring function is displayed here for checking purposes. For p21840 = 0, this is the value of the
connector that is interconnected in p21841, otherwise the value of p21840 0 is effective.

p21843 Hysteresis, minimum tension web breakage monitoring [N]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1400
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.020
Description: Sets the hysteresis for the minimum tension monitoring for the web break monitoring function.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 169

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21845 Fixed value, web break monitoring function, dancer roll end position [LU]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1400
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the fixed value for the dancer roll end position for the web break monitoring function.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21846, r21847
Note: Using this parameter, the dancer roll end position for the web break monitoring function can be entered as
fixed value. If the dancer roll end position is to be entered as PZD then parameter p21846 is available for
this purpose. In this case, p21845 = 0 must be entered.
For dancer roll control with speed correction control, the dancer roll end position is monitored.

p21846 CI: Web breakage monitoring, dancer roll end position variable [LU]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1400
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the dancer roll end position for the web break monitoring function.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21845, r21847
Note: Using this parameter, the dancer roll end position for the web break monitoring function can be entered
using PZD. In this case, p21845 = 0 must be set.
For dancer roll control with speed correction control, the dancer roll end position is monitored.

r21847 CO: Web break monitoring function, effective dancer roll end position [LU]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1400
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective dancer roll end position for the web break monitoring function.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21845, p21846
Note: Depending on parameters p21845 and p21846, the effective dancer roll end position of the web break
monitoring function is displayed here for checking purposes. For p21845 = 0, this is the value of the
connector interconnected in p21846, otherwise the value of p21845 0 is effective.

p21848 Hysteresis, dancer roll end position web break monitoring function [LU]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1400
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the hysteresis for the dancer roll end position monitoring of the web break monitoring function.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

170
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21849 CI: Torque actual value, motor
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1400
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the torque actual value of the winder drive.
Recommendation: Connector r31 (torque actual value smoothed with 100ms) or r80 (torque actual value without smoothing)
should be interconnected here.
Note: The winder drive torque actual value is required for indirect tension control for web break monitoring. In
addition, the effectiveness of the speed controller overcontrol is monitored.

p21850 Fixed value, web break monitoring, minimum torque [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1400
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0.000
Description: Sets the fixed value for the minimum torque of the web break monitoring function.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21851, r21852, p21854
Note: Using this parameter, the minimum torque for the web break monitoring function can be entered as fixed
value. If the minimum torque is to be entered as PZD, then parameter p21851 is available for this purpose.
In this case, p21850 = 0 must be entered.
For indirect tension control and p21854=1, the minimum torque is monitored. In addition, the effectiveness
of the speed controller overcontrol is monitored.

p21851 CI: Web break monitoring, minimum torque variable [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1400
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the minimum torque of the web break monitoring function.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21850, r21852, p21854
Note: Using this parameter, the minimum torque for the web break monitoring function can be entered using
PZD. In this case, p21850 = 0 must be set.
For indirect tension control and p21854=1, the minimum torque is monitored. In addition, the effectiveness
of the speed controller overcontrol is monitored.

r21852 CO: Web break monitoring function, effective minimum torque [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1400
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the effective minimum torque for the web break monitoring function.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21850, p21851, p21854
Note: Depending on parameters p21850 and p21851, the effective minimum torque of the web break monitoring
function is displayed here for checking purposes. For p21850 = 0, this is the value of the connector
interconnected in p21851, otherwise the value of p21850 0 is effective.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 171

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21853 Hysteresis, minimum torque web break monitoring function [Nm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1400
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
-3.40E+38 3.40E+38 0
Description: Sets the hysteresis for the minimum torque monitoring of the web break monitoring function.

p21854 BI: Web break monitoring function, torque monitoring ON
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1400
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to activate the torque monitoring of the web break monitoring function.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21850, p21851, p21852, p21853
Note: For indirect tension control, this parameter can be used to activate the torque monitoring function. In this
case, the torque is monitored against a minimum torque (with respect to the torque-free motor). For
applications with high frictional and accelerating torques in relationship to the torque, that requires a
tension to be established, the monitoring function can also respond without there being an actual web
break. If the torque monitoring function is deactivated, for indirect tension control, the web break is only
monitored using the effective overcontrol of the speed controller.

p21855 BI: Enable pre-control monitoring
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1401
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to activate the pre-control monitoring.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21856
Note: For control techniques where the torque limits are corrected, if the torque pre-control is incorrectly set
(friction and inertia pre-control), then it is possible that the drive accelerates in the incorrect direction.
However, by activating the pre-control monitoring the system can respond with a fault (F51056). The
monitoring is only effective in tension operation.

r21856 Pre-control monitoring, max motor speed in the other direction of rotation [rpm]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1401
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the absolute motor speed in the opposite direction, where the pre-control monitoring outputs a fault.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21855
Note: For control techniques where the torque limits are corrected, if the torque pre-control is incorrectly set
(friction and moment of inertia pre-control), then it is possible that the drive accelerates in the incorrect
direction. An absolute speed is set here that the drive may rotate as a maximum in the opposite direction
regarding the winder control. It is not permissible that a negative value is parameterized here!

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

172
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21860 Web break signal, delay time (ms)
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1400
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
0 3.40E+38 3000.000
Description: Sets the switch-in delay for the web break signal.
Note: A delay time greater than zero should be set in order to avoid that the web break monitoring function
immediately responds when tension operation is enabled.

r21910 CO: Material web length, absolute [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1500
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the actual material web length.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21911
Note: The actual web length value is determined from the web velocity actual value under consideration of jog
and manoeuvring setpoints. Further a setpoint for the web length can be given, so that a braking on the
web length setpoint can be done.

p21911 Material web length normalization [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1500
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets Material web length normalization.
Dependency: Also refer to: r21912
Note: With this value the normalization for the relative web length r21912 is done. If r21912 should be
transferred via communication channels, the value has to be set in a way, that the relative web length is
always in a range between -200% r21912 199,99% .

r21912 CO: Material web length, relative [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1500
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the material web length referred to nominalization (p21911).
Dependency: Also refer to: p21911
Note: If r21912 should be transferred via communication channels, the value p21911 has to be set in a way,
that the relative web length is always in a range between -200% r21912 199,99% .

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 173

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21913 Fixed value, web length braking [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1500
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the value, where the web length braking should stop.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21623, p21625, p21914, p21915, p21917
Note: During web length braking (p21917) automatic stopping takes place, so that the winder stops at given
value. The absolute web length which can be reached results from the fixed value p21913 multiplied by
the variable setpoint of the web length braking. The ramp for stopping corresponds to the ramp, which is
adjusted with parameter p21623. The time of the brake ramp results in a braking distance, which can be
read off in p21915 in connection with the current line speed. When reaching the point of brake
(p21913*p21914-p21915) the current line speed is frozen and stopped following, as well as the tension
control is disabled, in order to reach the setpoint as exact as possible. Caused by the runtimes ot the
application, the set value is reached only with reduced accuracy. A jerk limiting is not possible.

p21914 CI: Setpoint web length braking, variable [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1500
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal sources fort he variable setpoint of the web length with automatic Stop.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21623, p21625, p21913, p21915, p21917
Note: During web length braking (p21917) automatic stopping takes place, so that the winder stops at given
value. The absolute web length which can be reached results from the fixed value p21913 multiplied by
the variable setpoint of the web length braking. The ramp for stopping corresponds to the ramp, which is
adjusted with parameter p21623. The time of the brake ramp results in a braking distance, which can be
read off in p21915 in connection with the current line speed. When reaching the point of brake
(p21913*p21914-p21915) the current line speed is frozen and stopped following, as well as the tension
control is disabled, in order to reach the setpoint as exact as possible. Caused by the runtimes ot the
application, the set value is reached only with reduced accuracy. A jerk limiting is not possible.

r21915 Calculated braking distance web length calculator [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1500
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the actual braking distance calculated from actual line speed and ramp down time.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21623, p21625, p21913, p21914, p21917
Note: During web length braking (p21917) automatic stopping takes place, so that the winder stops at given
value. The absolute web length which can be reached results from the fixed value p21913 multiplied by
the variable setpoint of the web length braking. The ramp for stopping corresponds to the ramp, which is
adjusted with parameter p21623. The time of the brake ramp results in a braking distance, which can be
read off in p21915 in connection with the current line speed. When reaching the point of brake
(p21913*p21914-p21915) the current line speed is frozen and stopped following, as well as the tension
control is disabled, in order to reach the setpoint as exact as possible. Caused by the runtimes ot the
application, the set value is reached only with reduced accuracy. A jerk limiting is not possible.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

174
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21917 BI: Enable braking after reaching the web length setpoint
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1500
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Enables the braking after reaching the web length setpoint.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21913, p21914, p21915
Note: During web length braking (p21917) automatic stopping takes place, so that the winder stops at given
value. The absolute web length which can be reached results from the fixed value p21913 multiplied by
the variable setpoint of the web length braking. The ramp for stopping corresponds to the ramp, which is
adjusted with parameter p21623. The time of the brake ramp results in a braking distance, which can be
read off in p21915 in connection with the current line speed. When reaching the point of brake
(p21913*p21914-p21915) the current line speed is frozen and stopped following, as well as the tension
control is disabled, in order to reach the setpoint as exact as possible. Caused by the runtimes of the
application, the set value is reached only with reduced accuracy. A jerk limiting is not possible.

p21918 CI: Material web calculator, setting value [%]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1500
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting for the signal source material web calculator setting value.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21911, r21910, p21919
Note: When setting the material web calculator with p21919, the calculator is set to the value of the source at
p21918, normalized to the normalization value p21911.

p21919 BI: Reset material web calculator
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1500
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the set command to set the web material calculator
Dependency: Also refer to: p21911, r21910, p21918
Note: When setting the material web calculator with p21919, the calculator is set to the value of the source at
p21918, normalized to the normalization value p21911.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 175

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


r21920 CO: Number of winder revolutions, actual
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Beschreibung: Displays the actual number of winder revolutions.
Hinweis: The display is reset with power ON or by setting via p21919, the value is not retentively saved.
The value is also influenced when the diameter is set or hold, because the number of winder revolution
together with the values for minimum or maximum diameter and material thickness are used for the
diameter calculation with layer counting.

r21921 CO: Winder revolutions, actual DINT
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the actual number of revolutions as Double Integer.
Dependency: Also refer to: r21920
Note: The display is reset with power ON or by setting via p21919, the value is not retentively saved.
The value is also influenced when the diameter is set or hold, because the number of winder revolution
together with the values for minimum or maximum diameter and material thickness are used for the
diameter calculation with layer counting.
The value of r21921 can be used to be send via communication channels

p21928 CI: Revolution counter, setting value
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal for the setting value of the revolution counter. The input is an Integer value.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21929
Note: Setting the revolution counter via p21928 and p21929 has priority against the setting via set diameter or
hold diameter! If a specific diameter should be set, it is recommended not to use p21928 and p21929,
setting the diameter at the diameter computer should be used instead.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

176
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750


p21929
BI: Reset revolution counter
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the set commad to set the revolution counter to the value of p21928.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21928
Note: Setting the revolution counter via p21928 and p21929 has priority against the setting via set diameter or
hold diameter! If a specific diameter should be set, it is recommended not to use p21928 and p21929,
setting the diameter at the diameter computer should be used instead

r21931
CO: Diameter from counting layers
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the diameter actual value calculated from the number of winder revolutions.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21920
Note: The number of winder revolution together with the material thickness and, depending on winder or
unwinder, the values for minimum or maximum diameter are used for the diameter calculation with layer
counting.
If the diameter calculator is set, the given diameter setpoint is used to calculate the corresponding setpoint
for the layer counter, which is set accordingly..

p21940
free winding hardness char. diameter point 1 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the diameter value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

p21941
setpoint decrease, free wind. hardn. char. point 1
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the setpoint reduction value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 177

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21942
free winding hardness char. diameter point 2 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the diameter value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

p21943
setpoint decrease, free wind. hardn. char. point 2
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the setpoint reduction value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

p21944
free winding hardness char. diameter point 3 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the diameter value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

p21945
setpoint decrease, free wind. hardn. char. point 3
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the setpoint reduction value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

178
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21946
free winding hardness char. diameter point 4 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the diameter value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

p21947
setpoint decrease, free wind. hardn. char. point 4
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the setpoint reduction value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

p21948
free winding hardness char. diameter point 5 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the diameter value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

p21949
setpoint decrease, free wind. hardn. char. point 5
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the setpoint reduction value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 179

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21950
free winding hardness char. diameter point 6 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the diameter value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

p21951
setpoint decrease, free wind. hardn. char. point 6
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the setpoint reduction value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

p21952
free winding hardness char. diameter point 7 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the diameter value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

p21953
setpoint decrease, free wind. hardn. char. point 7
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the setpoint reduction value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

180
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p21954
free winding hardness char. diameter point 8 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the diameter value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

p21955
setpoint decrease, free wind. hardn. char. point 8
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the setpoint reduction value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

p21956
free winding hardness char. diameter point 9 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the diameter value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

p21957
setpoint decrease, free wind. hardn. char. point 9
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the setpoint reduction value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 181

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p21958
free winding hardness char. diameter point 10 [m]
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the diameter value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

p21959
setpoint decrease, free wind. hardn. char. point 10
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL,
Can be changed: Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1103
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Setting the setpoint reduction value for the free winding hardness characteristic.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21736
Note: The values must be arranged in ascending order. If inflection points are not needed, the following points
must be assigned with equal values.

p22000 CI: Status word from the drive
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - r0899
Description: Sets the signal source for the "status word sequence control" of the winder drive.
Recommendation: r899 of the drive object should be interconnected here.
Note: This interconnection is required for sequence controls associated with the particular application.

p22001 CI: Status word, faults, alarms from the drive
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - r2139
Description: Sets the signal source for the "status word, faults, alarms 1 of the winder drive.
Recommendation: r2139 of the drive object should be interconnected here.
Note: This interconnection is required for sequence controls associated with the particular application.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

182
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p22002 CI: Status word, speed controller from the drive
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the "status word, speed controller" of the winder drive.
Recommendation: r1407 of the drive object should be interconnected here.
Note: This interconnection is required for sequence controls associated with the particular application.

p22050 BI: Winder type (1=winder; 0=unwinder)
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the control bit "winder type" of the winder control word.
Values: 0
1
unwinder
winder
Dependency: Also refer to: r22070, p22100
Note: The selected signal is only effective if connector r22070 is interconnected in p22100. The winder control
word can also be entered as word using p22100. In this particular case, the value of p22050 has no effect
on the application control.

p22051 BI: Winding configuration (1=winding from the bottom; 0=winding from the top)
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the control bit "winding configuration" of the winder control word.
Values: 0
1
winding from the top
winding from the bottom
Dependency: Also refer to: r22070, p22100
Note: The selected signal is only effective if connector r22070 is interconnected in p22100. The winder control
word can also be entered as word using p22100. In this particular case, the value of p22051 has no effect
on the application control.

p22053 BI: Jogging mode
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the control bit "jogging mode" of the winder control word.
Values: 0
1
no jogging mode
jogging mode
Dependency: Also refer to: r22070, p22100
Note: The selected signal is only effective if connector r22070 is interconnected in p22100. The winder control
word can also be entered as word using p22100. In this particular case, the value of p22051 has no effect
on the application control.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 183

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p22054 BI: Jogging, bit0
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the control bit "jogging bit0" of the winder control word.
Values: 0
1
bit0, inactive
bit0, active
Dependency: Also refer to: p21621, p21622, p21623, r22070, p22100
Note: The selected signal is only effective if connector r22070 is interconnected in p22100. The winder control
word can also be entered as word using p22100. In this particular case, the value of p22051 has no effect
on the application control.

p22055 BI: Jogging, bit1
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the control bit "jogging bit1" of the winder control word.
Values: 0
1
bit1, inactive
bit1, active
Dependency: Also refer to: p21621, p21622, p21623, r22070, p22100
Note: The selected signal is only effective if connector r22070 is interconnected in p22100. The winder control
word can also be entered as word using p22100. In this particular case, the value of p22051 has no effect
on the application control.

p22056 BI: Web / tension operation
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the control bit "web / tension operation" of the winder control word.
Values: 0
1
web operation
tension operation
Dependency: Also refer to: r22070, p22060, p22100
Note: The selected signal is only effective if connector r22070 is interconnected in p22100. The winder control
word can also be entered as word using p22100. In this particular case, the value of p22051 has no effect
on the application control.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

184
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p22057 BI: Hold diameter
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the control signal for the control bit "hold diameter" of the winder control word.
Values: 0
1
diameter hold inactive
diameter hold, active
Dependency: Also refer to: r22070, p22100
Note: The selected signal is only effective if connector r22070 is interconnected in p22100. The winder control
word can also be entered as word using p22100. In this particular case, the value of p22051 has no effect
on the application control.

p22058 BI: Set diameter
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the control bit "set diameter" of the winder control word.
Values: 0
1
diameter set inactive
diameter set active
Dependency: Also refer to: r22070, p22100
Note: The selected signal is only effective if connector r22070 is interconnected in p22100. The winder control
word can also be entered as word using p22100. In this particular case, the value of p22051 has no effect
on the application control.

p22059 BI: Saved diameter value as setting value
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the control bit "jogging mode" of the winder control word.
Values: 0
1
the selected setting value (p21522 or p21523) is effective as setting value
the diameter actual value (r21547) retentively saved is effective as setting value
Dependency: Also refer to: r22070, p22100
Note: The selected signal is only effective if connector r22070 is interconnected in p22100. The winder control
word can also be entered as word using p22100. In this particular case, the value of p22051 has no effect
on the application control.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 185

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p22060 BI: Enable tension operation unsynchronized
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the second signal source for the control bit "tension operation" of the winder control word.
Values: 0
1
web operation
tension operation
Dependency: Also see: r22056, p22100
Note: The set signal is only effective if connector r22070 is interconnected in p22100. The winder control word
can also be entered using p22100 - also as word. In this case, the value of p22051 has no influence on the
control of the application.
The standard interconnection with zero means that when selecting that the web setpoint is ramped down
to zero, an automatic change is made from tension to web operation; the reason for this is that when
stopping, the winder is no longer coordinated with the machine velocity.

p22061 BI: winder as speed master
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the control bit winder as speed master
Values: 0
1
winder receives web velocity setpoint from nip position
winder is speed master and specifies web velocity for nip position
Dependency: Also see: p22100
Note: The set signal is only effective if connector r22100 and r22070 are interconnected. The winder control
word can also be entered using p22100 - also as word. In this case, the value of p22061 has no influence
on the control of the application.

p22062 BI: ramp stop speed master
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the control bit normal stop speed master
Values: 0
1
normal (ramp) stop speed master
winder follows web velocity setpoint
Dependency: Also see: p22100
Note: The set signal is only effective if connector r22100 and r22070 are interconnected. The winder control
word can also be entered using p22100 - also as word. In this case, the value of p22062 has no influence
on the control of the application.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

186
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p22063 BI: fast stop speed master
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the control bit normal stop speed master
Values: 0
1
fast stop speed master
winder follows web velocity setpoint
Dependency: Also see: p22100
Note: The set signal is only effective if connector r22100 and r22070 are interconnected. The winder control
word can also be entered using p22100 - also as word. In this case, the value of p22063 has no influence
on the control of the application.

r22070 CO: Control word winder internal
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the winder control word internally generated from the control bits p22050 to p22059.
Bit field: Bit
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
Signal name
winder type
winding type
reserved
jogging operation
jogging, bit 0
jogging, bit 1
web / tension operation
hold diameter
set diameter
saved diameter as setting value
enable tension operation unsynchr.
winder as speed master
ramp stop speed master
fast stop speed master
reserved
reserved
1 signal
winder
winding fr. bottom
-
active
active
active
tension operation
active
active
active
tens. op. wo. synch.
active
no ramp stop
no fast stop
-
-
0 signal
unwinder
winding fr. top
-
inactive
inactive
inactive
web operation
inactive
inactive
inactive
web operation
inactive
ramp stop
fast stop
-
-
FP
WI1010
WI1010
-
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
-
-

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 187

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p22100 CI: Control word, winder application
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - r22070
Description: Sets the signal source for the winder control word.
Bitfeld: Bit
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
Signal name
winder type
winding configuration
n.b.
jogging
jogging, bit 0
jogging, bit 1
web / tension operation
hold diameter
set diameter
use the saved diameter as setting value
enable tension operation unsynchr.
winder as speed master
ramp stop speed master
fast stop speed master
n.b.
n.b.
1-Signal
winder
winding fr. bottom
-
active
active
active
tension operation
active
active
active
tens. op. wo. synch.
active
no ramp stop
no fast stop
-
-
0-Signal
unwinder
winding from top
-
inactive
inactive
inactive
web operation
inactive
inactive
inactive
web operation
inactive
ramp stop
fast stop
-
-
FP
WI1010
WI1010
-
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
WI1010
-
-
Recommendation: As standard, r22070 is interconnected here; this means that the control of the winder can be controlled
using parameters p22050 to p22059. Other signals can also be interconnected here - the bit assignment is
shown in the description of r22070.

r22102 Status word, winder
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1020
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status word of the winder application
Bit field: Bit
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
Signal name
winder type
winding type
operating mode
jogging operation
status, diameter computer
status, plausibility check D increase
status, plausibility check D decrease
status, diameter limit, maximum
status, diameter limit, minimum
web break
pos. / tension controller status upper limit
pos. / tension controller status lower limit
web velocity caught up
web velocity stopped
stop after splice active
stop after web length braking acive
1 signal
winder
winding fr. bottom
tension mode
active
DC running
increase limited
decrease limited
Dmax reached
Dmin reached
web break
at upper limit
at lower limit
winder synchron
winder stopped
active
active
0 signal
unwinder
winding fr. top
web mode
inactive
DC stopped
normal operation
normal operation
normal operation
normal operation
normal operation
normal operation
normal operation
not synchron
not stopped
inactive
inactive
FP
WI1020
WI1020
WI1020
WI1020
WI1020
WI1020
WI1020
WI1020
WI1020
WI1020
WI1020
WI1020

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

188
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

r22105 BO: Closed-loop torque control and tension operation
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: -
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status " torque control and tension operation" active.
Values: 0
1
no torque control or/and no tension operation active
a torque-controlled technique is active and tension operation is selected and active
Note: SERVO, VECTOR: The value must be interconnected using parameter p1545
("activate traverse to fixed stop").
DC_CTRL: The value is not relevant

r22106 BO: Enable blocking diagnostics (DCM)
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: -
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the release signal for blocking diagnostics.
Values: 0
1
a torque-controlled technique is active and tension operation is selected and active no torque
control or/and no tension operation active
Note: DC_CTRL: The value must be interconnected with parameter p50354
(Stall protection activation signal source ).
SERVO, VECTOR: The value is not relevant.

r22200 CO: Control technique selection internal
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: -
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - -
Description: This parameter shows the value set up in p21600. In factory settings it is connected to p22201
Dependency: Also see: p21600, p22201

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 189

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p22201 CI Control technique selection
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1010
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - r22200
Description: Sets the signal source for the required control technique for winding operation.
Values: 0
1
2
3
4
indirect tension control
dancer roll control with speed correction
direct tension control with tension transducer and speed correction
direct tension control with tension transducer and correction of the torque limits
constant v-control
Dependency: Also refer to: p21600, r22201
Note: Only values from 0 to 4 are permissible; if values are entered that lie outside this range, Alarm A51060
indicates that the value has been limited to a valid value internally in the system. Further, any change to
the value of p21600 is only effective if no operation signal (run signal) is present from the drive. With this
application, it is not possible to changeover (toggle) between control techniques in operation; a change is
only accepted when the system is powered-down. The currently effective control technique is displayed
with r21606. The value is the source for connector r22200 which is in factory settings connected with
p22330.
With p22201 also a selection from an external control can be realized.

p22320 CI: Gear factor, load revolutions variable
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the number of load revolutions of the gear factor.
Dependency: Also refer to: r22323, p22330
Note: With this parameter the number of load revolutions can be send via communication as double integer
value. Additionally the factory setting from p22330 has to be changed from r22325 to r22323.

p22321 CI: Gear factor, motor revolutions variable
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the number of motor revolutions of the gear factor.
Dependency: Also refer to: r22324, p22331
Note: With this parameter the number of motor revolutions can be send via communication as double integer
value. Additionally the factory setting from p22331 has to be changed from r22326 to r22324.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

190
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

r22323 CO: Gear factor, load revolutions variable
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the value of the connector in p22320 as REAL.
Dependency: Also refer to: p22320, p22330
Note: With this parameter the number of load revolutions can be send via communication as double integer
value. Additionally the factory setting from p22330 has to be changed from r22325 to r22323.

r22324 CO: Gear factor, motor revolutions variable
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the value of the connector in p22321 as REAL.
Dependency: Also refer to: p22321, p22331
Note: With this parameter the number of motor revolutions can be send via communication as double integer
value. Additionally the factory setting from p22331 has to be changed from r22326 to r22324.

r22325 CO: Gear factor, load revolutions fixed value
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the value in p21520 as connector.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21520, p22330
Note: With this parameter the number of motor revolutions can in a fixed value. In factory settings r22325 is
already connected to p22320.

r22326 CO: Gear factor, motor revolutions fixed value
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the value in p21521 as connector.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21521, p22331
Note: With this parameter the number of motor revolutions can in a fixed value. In factory settings r22326 is
already connected to p22321.

11 Parameter description
11.1 Parameters of the winder application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 191

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p22330 CI: Gear factor, load revolutions
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - r22325
Description: Sets the signal source for the number of load revolutions of the gear factor.
Dependency: Also refer to: p21520, p22320, r22323, r22325
Note: With factory settings the value of p21520 is connected via r22325. If the value should be send via
communication, it cannot be connected directly in p22330. In this case the value has to be connected to
p22320 and after conversion it can be connected via r22323 to p22330.

p22331 CI: Gear factor, motor revolutions
SERVO, VECTOR,
DC_CTRL
Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1310
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Expert list: 1
Min. Max. Factory setting
- - r22326
Description: Sets the signal source for the number of motor revolutions of the gear factor..
Dependency: Also refer to: p21521, p22321, r22324, r22326
Note: With factory settings the value of p21521 is connected via r22326. If the value should be send via
communication, it cannot be connected directly in p22331. In this case the value has to be connected to
p22321 and after conversion it can be connected via r22324 to p22331.


11 Parameter description
11.2 Parameter for splice control

192
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

11.2 Parameter for splice control

p23000 LU per load revolution
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the modulo length, one modulo cycle corresponds to one revolution.
Dependency: Also see: p2506
Note: It is recommended to take the power of 10 of 360 to achieve a good resolution (e.g.: 0.001 degrees).

p23001 Splice modulo cycles
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the number of modulo cycles that represents a splice cycle.
Note: The modulo cycle set using p23001 for the splice must be longer than the distance between the output
cam points

p23002 Single measurement
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets whether the probe is activated once or several times.
Values: 0
1
The probe is evaluated as long as the splice has not been enabled.
The probe is only activated once and the measured value used.
Note: If the splice position is manually referenced - at standstill, without sensor - then it is sufficient to just
activate the probe once.

p23003 Knife ON position KTON [deg*1000]
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Switch-on point for the output cam "Knife ON
Dependency: Also see: r23505, p23004
Note: This parameter can also be easily set using the "Splice point calculation" script.

11 Parameter description
11.2 Parameter for splice control

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 193

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p23004 Knife OFF position KTOFF [deg*1000]
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Switch-off point for the output cam "Knife on". This must be greater than p23003.
Dependency: Also see: r23505, p23003
Note: This parameter can also be easily set using the "Splice point calculation" script.

p23005 Roll ON position STON [deg*1000]
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Switch-on point for the output cam "splice roll ON
Dependency: Also see: r23504, p23006
Note: This parameter can also be easily set using the "Splice point calculation" script.

p23006 Roll OFF position STOFF [deg*1000]
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Switch-off point for the output cam "Splice roll on". This must be greater than p23005.
Dependency: Also see: r23504, p23005
Note: This parameter can also be easily set using the "Splice point calculation" script.

p23007 Switch-off delay for "Activate correction value" [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: This parameter extends the signal "Activate correction value
Dependency: Also see: r23507
Note: For signal r23507, only the rising edge is of significance; this is the reason that the extension time must
not be longer than one half of a revolution.

11 Parameter description
11.2 Parameter for splice control

194
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p23008 CI: Web setpoint rewinding after splice normalized [%]
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1110
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the setpoint source for the web setpoint, with which a completed splice is rewound.
Dependency: Also see: p21516, p23009
Note: Using p23008, the setpoint for the function "rewinding after splice" can be entered for the unwinder. After
the splice operation, the splice knife control was withdrawn, this means that when correspondingly
enabled, rewinding after splice is activated. In this case, the winder drive is reversed at the torque limit for
the speed-controlled mode and is accelerated to the velocity set using p23008 in order to again wind up
the remaining material. This parameter is not relevant for a winder - this is not reversed for rewinding after
a splice, but instead, winds-up the remaining material when stopping.

p23009 Total rewinding time after splice (unwinder) [ms]
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 10000.000
Description: Sets the total time for rewinding after a splice.
Dependency: Also see: p21623, p23008
Note: The total time for rewinding after splice is set using this parameter. The time, for which the drive travels
with the web velocity entered using p23008, is obtained from this setting and the time for stopping
(p21623).

p23100 CI: Raw position actual value
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Position actual value from the position controller.
Note: Parameter r2521 should be linked here.

p23101 CI: Measured value
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Measured value from the probe, acts as correction value on the splice modulo.
Note: Parameter r2523 should be linked here.

11 Parameter description
11.2 Parameter for splice control

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 195

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

p23102 CI: Control word splice
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - r23404
Description: Sets the signal source for the splice control word
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 enable probe activate probe deactivate probe WI1600
01 enable splice enable splice Inhibit splice WI1600
Dependency: Also see: p23200, p23001
Note: The control word can be internally generated using the control bits and entered using r23404 - or can be
directly connected to another signal source.

p23200 BI: Enable measured value memory
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: This signal is used to activate the probe.
Values: 0
1
probe deactivated
probe activated
Dependency: Also see: p23102, r23404
Note: Only effective, if p23102 is linked with r23404.

p23201 BI: Enable splice
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: This signal is used to enable the splice.
Values: 0
1
splice inhibited
splice enabled
Dependency: Also see: p23102, r23404
Note: Only effective if p23102 is linked with r23404.

p23202 BI: Measured value valid
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: The probe status is signalled back here.
Values: 0
1
Measured value is invalid
Measured value is valid
Note: Binector must be linked with r2527.2 in order to be able to evaluate the probe status.

11 Parameter description
11.2 Parameter for splice control

196
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

p23203 BI: Enable rewinding after splice
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1601
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to enable the rewind function after splice.
Note: After the splice operation, the splice knife control was withdrawn, this means that when correspondingly
enabled, rewinding after splice is activated. In this case, the winder drive is reversed at the torque limit for
the speed-controlled mode and is accelerated to the velocity set using p23008 in order to again wind up
the remaining material. This parameter is not relevant for a winder - this is not reversed for rewinding after
a splice, but instead, winds-up the remaining material when stopping.

p23204 BI: Knife on from splicing drive
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1601
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the feedback signal of the splicing drive knife control.
Note: After the splice operation, the splice knife control was withdrawn, this means that when correspondingly
enabled, rewinding after splice is activated. In this case, the winder drive is reversed at the torque limit for
the speed-controlled mode and is accelerated to the velocity set using p23008 in order to again wind up
the remaining material. This parameter is not relevant for a winder - this is not reversed for rewinding after
a splice, but instead, winds-up the remaining material when stopping.

r23400 CO: Correction value
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Correction value for the position actual value processing
Note: The correction value is effective if a rising edge was detected at p2512 and the correction value is linked
with p2513.

r23401 CO: Position actual value corrected
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Position actual value corrected.
Note: The correction value for the position actual value processing is only effective in the next clock cycle. This
is the reason that a position actual value with instantaneous correction is available via r23402.

11 Parameter description
11.2 Parameter for splice control

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 197

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

r23402 CO: Splice position value
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Position actual value of the splice modulo cycle, this is corrected with the measured value.
Dependency: Also see: p23000, p23001, p23101
Note: Splice modulo lies between (-p23101) and (p23000 * p23001 p23101)

r23403 CO: Actual modulo cycle splice
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Actual modulo cycle from the splice modulo (from 0 to p23101-1)
Dependency: Also see: p23101

r23404 CO: Control word splice internal
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Control word from the internal control bit.
Dependency: Also see: p23200, p23201
Note: The bit assignment should be taken from the description of r23102.

r23406 CO: Status word, splice
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Status word from the splice control
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 activate correction value correction active correction inactive WI1600
01 activate probe evaluation probe active probe inactive WI1600
02 valid measured value available valid measured value
available
no valid measured value
available
WI1600
03 splice completed splice completed splice not completed or
inactive
WI1600
04 splice roll on splice roll in splice position splice roll not in splice
position
WI1600
05 knife on knife in splice position knife not in splice position WI1600
06 splice outputs enabled splice outputs enabled splice outputs inhibited WI1600
07 activate correction value (extended) correction active correction inactive WI1600
Dependency: Also see: r23500 r23507

11 Parameter description
11.2 Parameter for splice control

198
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

r23500 BO: Activate correction value
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: This signal generates a rising edge if the modulo correction is activated (independent of whether it
involves an overflow or underflow).
Values: 0
1
Correction inactive
Correction active (activated with a rising edge)
Note: The output must be linked with p2512.

r23501 BO: Activate probe
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: This signal activates the probe evaluation (single or multiple times) for the splice position sensing.
Values: 0
1
Probe inactive
Probe active (activated with a rising edge)
Note: The output must be linked with p2509.

r23502 BO: Valid value available
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Indicates the status of the measured value.
Values: 0
1
No valid measured value available
Valid measured value available
Dependency: Also see: r2527.2, p23001, p23200, p23202
Note: The rising edge of p23202 is internally saved.

r23503 BO: Splice completed
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Indicates the status of the splice sequence/operation.
Values: 0
1
Splice sequence is deactivated or is being currently processed (if r23506 = 1)
Splice sequence has been completed, both output cams are switched-off.
Dependency: Also see: p23201, r23502, r23504, r23505, r23506,
Note: This bit is reset with p23201 = 0.

11 Parameter description
11.2 Parameter for splice control

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 199

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

r23504 BO: Roll on
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Output cam output for the splice roll control.
Dependency: Also see: p23005, p23006, r23402, r23506

r23505 BO: Knife on
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Cam output for the knife control.
Dependency: Also see: p23003, p23004, r23402, r23506

r23506 BO: Enable splice outputs
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Indicates the status of the splice output enable.
Values: 0
1
Splice outputs (output cams) are inhibited
Splice outputs (output cams) are enabled
Dependency: Also see: p23201, r23502, r23503
Note: The cams are effective, if a valid measured value is available, splice has been explicitly enabled and the
splice sequence has still not been completed.

r23507 BO: Activate correction value, off delayed
SERVO, VECTOR, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access stage: 1
Data type: Dynamic index: - Function chart: WI1600
P group: - Units group: - Units selection: -
Not for motor type: - Experts list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Signal from r23500 extended by p23007.
Values: 0
1
Modulo correction inactive
Modulo correction active (signal edge)
Dependency: Also see: p23007, r23500
Note: This feedback signal can also be used as a revolution counter in the SIMATIC PLC.



12 Faults and alarms
12.1 Faults

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 201

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

12 Faults and alarms
12.1 Faults

F51050 Upper torque limit from the drive is either not interconnected or zero
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR, DC_CTRL
Response: OFF2
Acknowledgement: IMMEDIATE
Cause: The signal set in p21818 or p21806 is zero - this means that when normalizing a division by zero is
performed.
Remedy Set the signal source for p21818.

F51051 Lower torque limit from the drive is either not interconnected or zero
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR, DC_CTRL
Response: OFF2
Acknowledgement: IMMEDIATE
Cause: The signal set in p21819 or p21806 is zero - this means that when normalizing a division by zero is
performed.
Remedy Set the signal source for p21819.

F51055 Normalization, speed is either not interconnected or zero
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR, DC_CTRL
Response: OFF2
Acknowledgement: IMMEDIATE
Cause: The signal set in p21511 is zero - this means that when normalizing a division by zero is performed.
Remedy Set the signal source for p21511.

F51056 The actual speed exceeds the limit value in the incorrect direction of rotation
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR, DC_CTRL
Response: OFF2
Acknowledgement: IMMEDIATE
Cause: The actual speed exceeds the limit value - set in p21856 - for the incorrect direction of rotation.
From the winder type and the winding type a direction of rotation is obtained that is no longer obtained
when considering the sign of the actual speed - and therefore the set limit value has been exceeded. This
is caused either by an actual web tension that is either too low or too high - or incorrect compensation of
the supplementary torque (friction and moment of inertia pre-control).
Remedy Increase the tension setpoint or reduce the opposing tension (winder) or reduce the tension setpoint or
increase the opposing tension (unwinder) if the fault occurs in the steady-state; also check the actual
diameter and the friction compensation and if necessary correct. If a fault is initiated as a result dynamic
operations (high-speed changes) then check the inertia compensation.

F51057 Diameter calculation using the layer counter not possible
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR, DC_CTRL
Response: OFF2
Acknowledgment: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The currently set material thickness (defined using parameters p21529 and p21530) is zero and the
diameter calculation using the layer counter is activated (p21540=1).
Remedy Deselect the diameter calculation using the layer counter or set a correct material thickness.

12 Faults and alarms
12.2 Alarms

202
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

12.2 Alarms

A51060 An invalid control technique was selected
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR, DC_CTRL
Response: NONE
Acknowledgement: NONE
Cause: The control technique set in p21600 or with p22201 is invalid.
Remedy A valid value for the control technique should be set in p21600 or in the value at p22201.

A51061 Web break detected
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR, DC_CTRL
Response: NONE
Acknowledgement: NONE
Cause: The web break monitoring has detected a web break.
Remedy Resolve the web break or check and correct incorrect monitoring functions.

13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 203

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application
Prerequisites
The speed control has been optimized
The tension measuring transducer has been calibrated
The control sense of the dancer roll has been checked
The configuration has been roughly checked
Extract the zip file with the application do your computer into arbitrary folder
In your starter project right mouse click on the winder drive and choose
Expert > Import object
Figure 13-1

Choose Winder.xml or. WinderSplice.xml from the folder containing the
project
Figure 13-2

Confirm the selection by pressingOK
13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

204
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

If your drive object has a name different than "Winderdrive", then in the
STARTER window press Ctrl shift G. The screen form for "Search and replace"
opens:
Fig. 13-3

13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 205

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Here, for "Search for", enter "Winderdrive" and enter the name of your drive
object into the "Replace with" field (here in the example, drive_1). Then select
"Find". A list of all of the hits is then displayed in the lower section of the
STARTER window:
By selecting "Replace", you can now replace the interconnections between the
drive object and DCC chart.
Then save and compile your project
13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

206
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750


Preconditions for splice control
At winderdrive, activate the position control function module by clicking on the
drive with the right-hand mouse key and selecting Properties:

Fig. 13-4

13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 207

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Select the Function modules tab and there enter a check mark for Cl.-loop
pos ctrl":

Fig. 13-5

13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

208
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750


Extract the zip file with the script files do your computer into arbitrary folder
Insert a script folder at the drive:

Fig. 13-6

Click with the right mouse button on your script folder and select Expert >
Import object
Select the scripts files from folder
Click on the script using the right-hand mouse key and select "Accept and
execute:
Fig. 13-7



13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 209

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

In STARTER, in the context menu for the DCC chart of the winder application,
set the sampling times for the required execution groups
14
:


14
The execution groups Diameter computer, Setpoint calculator, Control unit are always
required; the execution group TensionDancerContr not for indirect closed-loop tension control,
the execution groups Winding hardness calculator, Integrating diameter computer and Web
break detection - only if the functions are actually required.
For drive systems with the CU320-2 Control Unit, sampling times of 4ms are recommended; for
standard settings, this corresponds to the clock cycles of the execution group BEFORE speed
setpoint channel for servo - or BEFORE position controller for servo and vector (This
execution group is available independent of the activated basic positioner function module).
Sampling times of 8ms or 16ms are recommended for the SINAMICS DCM drive system.
13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

210
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Normalization
Generally, the winder application operates with absolute physical quantities. This
means that complex and tedious normalization of the input and output quantities
are not required. Several setpoints for the application should be entered as
normalized (percentage) values. The corresponding reference values are
described in the parameter list for these parameters.
NOTICE Some r parameters, which are provided as connected outputs, are only
available as absolute physical quantity. These signals are not suitable for
an interconnection to the communication.


Interface adjustment

To start, the following parameters should be set independently of the required
control technique. As far as possible, recommendations are specified. The
interconnected value can be entered in the last column. For values, where the last
column is grayed-out, the recommended value should be set.
Table 13-1
Parameter
No.
Description Factory
setting
Recom-
mendation
Own
assignment
p21515 CI: Velocity setpoint material web
(setpoint/actual value nip position)
0
p21516 Normalization, web velocity 30 m/min
p21534 Diameter computer, maximum
diameter
2 m
p21535 Diameter computer, minimum
diameter
0,1 m
p21600 control technique 0
p21818 CI: Upper torque limit from the
drive
0 r1534 (servo)
p1520 (vector)
1 (DCM)
16
p21819 CI: Lower torque limit from the
drive
0 r1535 (servo)
p1521 (vector)
1 (DCM)
16
p22050 BI: winder type (1=winder;
0=unwinder)
0
15

p22051 BI: Winding type (1=winding from
the bottom; 1= winding from the
top)
0
15

p22053 BI: Jog mode 0
15

p22054 BI: Jogging, bit0 0
15

p22055 BI: Jogging, bit1 0
15

p22056 BI: Web / tension operation 0
15

p22057 BI: Hold diameter 0
15

p22058 BI: Set diameter 0
15

13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 211

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Parameter
No.
Description Factory
setting
Recom-
mendation
Own
assignment
p22059 BI: Saved diameter as setting
value
0
15

p22061 BI: winder as speed master 0
15

p22062 BI: ramp stop speed master 1
15

p22063 BI: fast stop speed master 1
15

p22100 CI: Control word, winder
application
r22070 r22070 (values
of p22050 to
p22063

p1155
(SERVO,
VECTOR,
DC_CTRL)
p50634
(DCM)
CI: Speed controller speed
setpoint 1

CI: Ramp-function generates a
limit after the RFG input signal
0


0
r21648


r21648
16
p1545
(SERVO,
VECTOR,
DC_CTRL)
p50354
(DCM)
BI: Activate travel to fixed stop


Blocking protection activation,
signal source
0


0
r22105


r22106
16
p1552
(SERVO,
VECTOR,
DC_CTRL)
p50605
(DCM)
CI: Upper torque limit, scaling
without offset

CI: Torque limiting torque, positive
limit signal source
0


0
r21820


r21830
16
p1552
(SERVO,
VECTOR,
DC_CTRL)
p50605
(DCM)
CI: Lower torque limit, scaling
without offset

CI: Torque limiting torque,
negative limit signal source
0


0
r21821


r21831
16


The parameters designated with (
167
) can be automatically interconnected with the
script file provided in the application. As an alternative, you can also copy the script
by copying the following text into a script that has been newly created at the winder
drive:
Dim haft
haft=MsgBox("Claims against us - irrespective of the legal grounds - resulting from
the use of the standard application are excluded. Such an exclusion shall not apply
where liability is mandatory e.g. under the German Product Liability Act involving
intent, gross negligence, or injury of life, body or health, guarantee for the quality of
a product, fraudulent concealment of a deficiency or non-performance. Claims of
the purchaser for compensation relating to non-performance of essential contract
obligations shall be limited to foreseeable damages typically covered by a contract
unless intent, willful misconduct or gross negligence is involved or injury of life,
body or health. The above stipulations shall not change the burden of proof to your
detriment. Copyright 2010 Siemens Industry Sector." & vbCrLf & vbCrLf &" Do
you accept these conditions ?", 4404, "Exclusion of liability")

15
This control bits can be set als control word via the connector input p22100
16
The interconnection of these parameters can also be automatically realized by executing the
script file saved in the application.
13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

212
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

If haft=6 Then

APP.LogActive = True ' Activate output
On Error Resume Next
Dim oDCC, myDCCName
For Each oDCC In Parent.Parent.Units
If oDD.ObjectAddress = DriveId Then
myDccName = oDCC.Name
End If
Next
If Parameters(107,0) = 11 Then 'Servo
Parent.Parent.Units(myDccName).Symbols("p21510") = "63:0:63"
Parent.Parent.Units(myDccName).Symbols("p21849") = "80:0:63"
Parent.Parent.Units(myDccName).Symbols("p21818") = "1534:0:63"
Parent.Parent.Units(myDccName).Symbols("p21819") = "1535:0:63"
Parameters(1155, 0) = "21648:0:63" 'CI: Speed controller speed setpoint 1
Parameters(1545, 0) = "22105:0:63" 'BI: Activate travel to fixed stop
Parameters(1552, 0) = "21820:0:63" 'CI: Upper torque limit scaling without
offset
Parameters(1554, 0) = "21821:0:63" 'CI: Lower torque limit scaling without
offset)
ElseIf Parameters(107,0) = 12 Then 'Vector
Parent.Parent.Units(myDccName).Symbols("p21510") = "63:0:63"
Parent.Parent.Units(myDccName).Symbols("p21849") = "80:0:63"
Parent.Parent.Units(myDccName).Symbols("p21818") = "1520:0:63"
Parent.Parent.Units(myDccName).Symbols("p21819") = "1521:0:63"
Parameters(1155, 0) = "21648:0:63" 'CI: Speed controller speed setpoint 1
Parameters(1545, 0) = "22105:0:63" 'BI: Activate travel to fixed stop
Parameters(1552, 0) = "21820:0:63" 'CI: Upper torque limit scaling without
offset
Parameters(1554, 0) = "21821:0:63" 'CI: Lower torque limit scaling without
offset
ElseIf Parameters(107,0) = 17 Then 'DC_Master
Parent.Parent.Units(myDccName).Symbols("p21510") = "63:0:63"
Parent.Parent.Units(myDccName).Symbols("p21849") = "80:0:63"
Parent.Parent.Units(myDccName).Symbols("p21818") = "1"
Parent.Parent.Units(myDccName).Symbols("p21819") = "1"
Parameters(50634, 0) = "21648:0:63" Standard setpoint signal source
Parameters(50354, 0) = "22106:0:63" Blocking protection activation signal
source
Parameters(50605, 0) = "21830:0:63" 'CI: Torque limiting torque limit positive
signal source
Parameters(50606, 0) = "21831:0:63" 'CI: Torque limiting torque limit negative
signal source
13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 213

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

End If

On Error GoTo 0
Else
MsgBox "Script execution was interrupted!", 4112, "Note"
End If
13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

214
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750


If gear units are being used, then the following parameters must be adapted.
Table 13-2
Parameter
No.
Description Factory
setting
Recom-
mendation
Own
assignment
p21520 Gear factor, load revolutions 1
p21521 Gear factor, motor evolutions 1
If variable gear ratios have to be set, they can be send via communication as
double word. The following parameters have to be changed therefor:
Table 13-3
Parameter
No.
Description Factory
setting
Recom-
mendation
Own
assignment
p22320 CI: Gear factor, load revolutions
variable
0
p22321 CI: Gear factor, motor revolutions
variable
0
p22330
CI: Gear factor, load revolutions
r22325
r22323
p22331 CI: Gear factor, motor revolutions r22326
r22324


DANGER
Changing the gear ratio must not be done when the drive is enabled, as
this lead to an immediate change of the speed and torque setpoints. This
can cause serious personal injuries and serious machine damage.
A change in operation is not prevented by the application.

13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 215

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

For dancer roll controls the following values should be adapted. Not all of the
parameters that may be necessary for optimization are listed in the table.
Additional parameters can be taken from the function charts and the parameter list.
Table 13-4
Parameter
No.
Description Factory
setting
Recom-
mendation
Own
assignment
p21715 Fixed position setpoint [LU] 10.000

p21716 CI: Position setpoint, variable [%] 0

p21718 Normalization, position setpoint
(maximum position value) [LU]
10.000

p21743 CI: Position actual value,
normalized [%]
0

p21744 CI: Position actual value, dancer
roll [Inc]
0

p21745 Position actual value conditioning,
dancer roll numerator [LU]
1.000

p21746 Position actual value conditioning,
dancer roll denominator [Inc]
1.000

p21748 BI: Position actual value input
(1=value in LU; 0=normalized)
0

p21751 Position controller, base Kp
[rpm*LU]
0.001

p21754 Tension / position controller,
integral action time [ms]
0.000

p21759 Tension / position controller,
differentiating time constant, D
component [ms]
0.000

p21765 Tension / position controller, upper
limit value for speed correction
control [rpm]
10.000

p21766 Tension / position controller, lower
limit value for speed correction
control [rpm]
-10.000
p21810 Upper torque limit, fixed speed
control [Nm]
10.000
p21811 Lower torque limit, fixed speed
control [Nm]
10.000
p21812 CI: Upper torque limit variable
speed control, normalized
0
p21813 CI: Lower torque limit variable
speed control, normalized
0

The following values should be adapted for tension control with speed
correction. The table does not list all of the parameters for which optimization may
be necessary. Additional parameters can be seen in the function charts and the
parameter list.
13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

216
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750


Table 13-5
Parameter
No.
Description Factory
setting
Recommendat
ion
Own
assignment
p21700 Tension setpoint, fixed [N] 10.000
p21701 CI: Tension setpoint, variable [%] 0
p21703 Normalization, tension setpoints
(maximum tension) [N]
10.000
p21730 BI: Activate winding hardness
characteristic
0
p21731 Reduce setpoint, winding
hardness
0
p21733 Minimum wound roll diameter
(start of the reduction)

p21734 Maximum diameter (point of the
reference reduction) [m]
1.000
p21736 Characteristic (1=reduction at
Dmax; 0=reduction at infinity)
1
p21740 CI: Tension actual value [%] 0
p21752 Tension controller, base Kp for
speed correction control [rpm*Nm]
0.10
p21754 Tension / position controller,
integral action time [ms]
0.000
p21759 Tension / position controller,
differentiating time constant, D
component [ms]
0.000
p21765 Tension / position controller, upper
limit value for speed correction
control [rpm]
10.000
p21766 Tension / position controller, lower
limit value for speed correction
control [rpm]
-10.000
p21810 Upper torque limit, fixed speed
control [Nm]
10.000
p21811 Lower torque limit, fixed speed
control [Nm]
10.000
p21812 CI: Upper torque limit variable
speed control, normalized
0
p21813 CI: Lower torque limit variable
speed control, normalized
0

13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 217

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

The following values should be adapted for the tension control with torque
correction. The table does not list all of the parameters that may be required for
optimization. Additional parameters can be seen in the function charts and the
parameter list.

Table 13-6
Parameter
No.
Description Factory
setting
Recommendat
ion
Own
assignment
p21700 Tension setpoint, fixed [N] 10.000
p21701 CI: Tension setpoint, variable [%] 0
p21703 Normalization, tension setpoints
(maximum tension) [N]
10.000
p21730 BI: Activate winding hardness
characteristic
0
p21731 Setpoint reduction, winding
hardness
0
p21733 Minimum wound roll diameter
(start of the reduction)

p21734 Maximum diameter (point of the
setpoint reduction) [m]
1.000
p21736 Characteristic (1=reduction at
Dmax; 0=reduction at infinity)
1
p21740 CI: Tension actual value [%] 0
p21753 Tension controller, base Kp for
torque control [m]
0.100
p21754 Tension / position controller,
integral action time [ms]
0.000
p21759 Tension / position controller,
differentiating time constant D
component [ms]
0.000
p21765 Tension / position controller, upper
limit value for torque control [Nm]
10.000
p21766 Tension / position controller, lower
limit value for torque control [min-
1]
-10.000


13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

218
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

For indirect tension control no values are to be adapted additionally. For
optimizing the function adjustable parameters are shown in the function diagrams
and the parameter list.

The following values should be adapted for the constant v control. For optimizing
the function adjustable parameters are shown in the function diagrams and the
parameter list.

Table 13-7
Parameter
No.
Description Factory
setting
Recommendat
ion
Own
assignment
p21518 CI: Velocity actual value web
tachometer (constant v control
only)
0

The following values should be adapted for the inertia pre-control. The table does
not list all of the parameters that may be required for optimization. Additional
parameters can be seen in the function charts and the parameter list.

Table 13-8
Parameter
No.
Description Factory
setting
Recommendat
ion
Own
assignment
p21650 Fixed value/scaling material width
[m]
1.000
p21651 Fixed value/scaling material
density [kg/m^3]
100.000
p21652 Fixed value scaling factor for
density normalized
1.000
p21653 Fixed value/scaling core diameter
[m]
0.100
p21654 Fixed value/scaling maximum
diameter [m]
1.000
p21655 Fixed value/scaling offset mass
moment of inertia [Nms^2, kgm^2]
0.000
p21660 Material width [%] r22500
p21661 Material density [%] r22500
p21662 Scaling factor for density [%] r22500
p21663 Core diameter [%] r22500
p21664 Maximum diameter [%] r22500
p21665 Offset, mass moment of inertia [%] r22500
p1513
(SERVO,
VECTOR)
p50501
(DCM)
CI: Supplementary torque 2


CI: Torque limit supplementary
torque setpoint signal source
0


0
r21692


r21692


13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 219

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

For SINAMICS DCM the following values should be adapted for friction
compensation.

Table 13-9
Parameter-
No.
Description Factory
setting
Recom-
mendation
Own
assignment
p21825
CI: Setpoint friction compensation
for adaptation torque limit
0 r52171

13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

220
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

The following values should be adapted for the web break monitoring. The table
does not list all of the parameters that may be required for optimization. Additional
parameters can be seen in the function charts and the parameter list.

Table 13-10
Parameter
No.
Description Factory
setting
Recom-
mendation
Own
assignment
p21840 Fixed value, minimum tension web
break monitoring [N]

p21841 Minimum tension, web break
monitoring, variable [%]
0
p21843 Hysteresis, minimum tension web
break monitoring [N]
0.020
p21845 Fixed value, web break monitoring
dancer roll end position [LU]
0.000
p21846 Web break monitoring, dancer roll
end position, variable [LU]
0
p21848 Hysteresis, dancer roll end
position, web break monitoring
[LU]
0.000
p21850 Fixed value, web break
monitoring, minimum torque [Nm]
0.000
p21851 Web break monitoring, minimum
torque, variable [%]
0
p21853 Hysteresis, minimum torque web
break monitoring [Nm]
0.000
p21860 Web break monitoring, delay time
(ms)
3.000.000

13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 221

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Velocity calibration
Operate the winder with minimum diameter,
Measure and enter the diameter,
Inhibit the diameter computer,
Enter the web velocity setpoint (approx. 20% of V
max
) from the machine ramp-
function generator of the higher-level control,
Measure the velocity using a handheld tachometer,
If required, adapt the normalization of the web velocity (p21516),
Check at the max. velocity,
Repeat the operation at a higher diameter.
Setting the friction characteristic
For SINAMICS S and G:
In STARTER at the winder drive, open the screen form for friction
characteristic under functions
Change to the tab "Record the friction characteristic"
Retrieve the master control and record the friction characteristic
For SINAMICS DCM:
Using p50051=28 select, recording the friction characteristic

13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

222
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Inertia compensation: Constant moment of inertia
Operate the winder in speed control,
Friction characteristic, active,
Inhibit the diameter computer,
Accelerate and decelerate the empty winder along the machine ramp,
The speed controller output must be minimum,
Otherwise: Adapt the value for constant moment of inertia.
Inertia compensation: Variable moment of inertia
Operate the winder in speed control,
Friction characteristic active,
Wind approx. 1/2 max. diameter on the roll,
Measure and enter the diameter,
Inhibit the diameter computer,
Accelerate and decelerate the winder along the machine ramp,
The speed controller output must be minimum,
Otherwise: Correct the variable moment of inertia (FP[WI1300]),
Repeat the operation with a coil, with max. diameter.

Note
The moment of inertia precontrol can be found on a separate sheet of a sub-
chart; you can take the sub-chart and the sheet number from the list of contents
on sub chart A, Sheet 1.
After selecting the speed source (
min
Rev
) the value is smoothed before it is fed to
a limiting ramp-function generator. The acceleration output of this ramp-function
generator then supplies the value
sample
t
t
n
YA

=
(
(
(

ms
v
min
Re
and is then converted using
s 1
ms 1000
and
sample
t
s

60
2 min 1
into angular acceleration
(

s
rad
(also see r21690). Using
= J M , the torque necessary to accelerate the moment of inertia is obtained,
which can then be input into the drive using a supplementary torque for
precontrol.


Winder with direct tension control and tension transducer - checking the tension pre-
control
Thread the material web and clamp,
Check the diameter and if required correct,
Set the tension controller limits to 0,
13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 223

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Switch-in tension control at standstill,
The pre-control must set the required tension actual value, otherwise check the
scaling.
Commission the tension controller for direct tension control
Start with extremely slow controller settings and limited tension controller output,
The tension controller output should never be more than 5-7% of the reference
value - otherwise, check the pre-control,
Optimize the tension controller using setpoint steps (step function).
13 Commissioning the function
13.1 Commissioning the application

224
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Appendix
14 General information on the application
14.1 Scope of supply

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 225

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

14 General information on the application
14.1 Scope of supply
The "Winder for SINAMICS S120 based on DCC" package comprises the
following:
Program
Documentation
14 General information on the application
14.2 References

226
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

14.2 References
This list is in no way complete and only reflects a selection of suitable references.
Table 14-1
Subject area Title
/1/ SINAMICS-Low
Voltage Configuration
Manual
SINAMICS-Low Voltage Configuration Manual,
SINAMICS G130, G150, S120 Chassis, S120 Cabinet
Modules, S150, Version 6.1
Edition 04/2011
/2/ SINAMICS S120
Commissioning
Commissioning Manual SINAMICS S120 D.
Commissioning Edition 01/2013
6SL3097-4AF00-0BP3
/3/ SINAMICS G130 Commissioning Manual SINAMICS G130 Operating
Instructions Edition 03/2012
A5E00331448A
/4/ SINAMICS DCM
Commissioning
Commissioning Manual SINAMICS DCM Operating
Instructions Edition 01/2012
C98130-A7066-A1-5-19
/5/ SINAMICS S120
Drive functions
Function Manual SINAMICS S120 Drive Functions
Edition 01/2013
6SL3097-4AB00-0BP3
/6/ SINAMICS S120/S150
Parameters, function
diagrams, faults and
alarms
SINAMICS S List Manual Edition 01/2013
6SL3 097-4AP00-0BP3
/7/ SINAMICS DCM
Parameters, function
diagrams, faults and
alarms
SINAMICS DCM List Manual Edition 10/2011
C98130-A7066-A3-3-19
/8/ Programming with
DCC, integrating DCC
in SINAMICS S120
Programming and operating manual SINAMICS /
SIMOTION Editor Description DCC
Edition 02/2012
6SL3097-4AN00-0BP1
/9/ Block description for
DCC blocks
Function Manual SINAMICS/SIMOTION
Description of DCC standard blocks
Edition 02/2012
6SL3097-4AQ00-0BP2
/10/ Equipment manual for
the power units and
components of the
SINAMICS S120 drive
system
Control Unit and components:
6SL3097-4AH00-0BP3
Booksize power units:
6SL3097-4AC00-0BP5
Chassis power units:
6SL3097-4AE00-0BP2
AC power units (Blocksize and Chassis):
6SL3097-4AL00-0BP3


14 General information on the application
14.3 Contact

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 227

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d


14.3 Contact
Siemens AG
Industry Sector
I DT MC PMA APC
Frauenauracher Strae 80
D 91056 Erlangen
Tel : 09131-98-5030
Fax: 09131-98-1297

mailto: tech.team.motioncontrol@siemens.com


14.4 History

14.4.1 Changes of the documentation
Table 14-2: Revisions/author
Version Date/change Author
1.0 04.03.2008 A. Schdlich
1.1 12.09.2008 A. Schdlich
1.2 23.03.2009 A. Schdlich
1.3 01.09.2009 A. Schdlich
1.3.1 08.10.2009 A. Schdlich
2.0 20.10.2009 A. Schdlich
2.1.0 23.11.2009 A. Schdlich
2.1.1 07.01.2010 A. Schdlich
2.1.2 20.08.2010 A. Schdlich
3.0.0 31.08.2010 P. Tabori / A. Schdlich
3.1.0 12.06.2012 A. Schdlich
3.1.1 26.02.2013 A. Schdlich
3.2.0 12.04.2013 A. Schdlich

14 General information on the application
14.4 History

228
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750


14.4.2 Change history of the application
Changes from V1.0 to V1.1:
Parameters p21660 to p21665 have been changed, these are now used to
scale parameters p21650 to p21655 and no longer as substitute value.
This therefore resolves the error, where using PZD, only values of between
-2.0 and 1.99 could be entered (previously, absolute physical values, now
percentages with reference values), see function diagram WI1300
An internal fixed setpoint of r22500 of 100% has been introduced
Standard interconnection of the maneuvering input has been changed from
0 to r22500
The description of parameters p21529-p21531, p21620, p21650-21675,
p21818 and p21819 has been changed, r22500 has been newly created
Fault description for F51050 and F51051 has been expanded
The charts have been corrected corresponding to the points listed above
14 General information on the application
14.4 History

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 229

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Changes from V1.1 to V1.11
Version designations have been corrected in the charts
Sign of r21821 has been corrected


Changes from V1.11 to V1.12
The influence of the gear factor in the diameter computer and moment of inertia
calculation has been corrected
The error where the winding hardness characteristic was always available in the
setpoint channel - and therefore also had to be calculated - has been resolved


Changes from V1.12 to V1.2
New parameter p21686, which allows the calculated speed setpoint to be used
for the moment of inertia precontrol
A calculation error of the moment of inertia precontrol that resulted in a
excessively low precontrol torque by a factor of
2
has been resolved
New parameter p21629, which now makes it possible to select the type of
intervention of the speed correction controller; it can directly enter a speed
setpoint - or this is evaluated corresponding to the diameter
The documentation has been adapted corresponding to the points listed above
The description of parameters p21660 to p21665 has been corrected


Changes from V1.20 to V1.30
Incorrect sign of the speed correction in conjunction with the intervention type of
the speed correction controller has been resolved
Documentation has been corrected
14 General information on the application
14.4 History

230
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Changes from V1.30 to V1.31
Error in the English version of the description of parameter p22051 in the
application has been corrected, no change to the German application
Corrections in the English and German documentation


Changes from V1.31 to V2.0
Integrating diameter calculation was introduced
Parameters p21526 to p2121533 have been changed
Parameters p21536 to p21540 have been introduced
Parameters r22500 and r22506 have been deleted
The documentation has been adapted corresponding to the points listed above


Changes from V2.0 to V2.1
An input for the diameter measurement has been introduced, including an
adaptation characteristic
Parameters p21541 to r21543 as well as p21550 to p21589 have been
introduced
The documentation has been adapted corresponding to the points listed above


Changes from V2.1.0 to V2.1.1
The error where for a web velocity of zero and the integrating technique caused
the CU320 to crash has been resolved

Changes from V2.1.1 to V2.1.2
The error in the integrating diameter calculation technique, which resulted in a
jump in the diameter actual value after the diameter computer was enabled, has
been resolved
The error in the integrating diameter calculation technique, which resulted in a
jump in the diameter actual value after setting, has been resolved
The error in the integrating diameter calculation technique, which resulted in a
jump in the diameter actual value after initialization, has been resolved
The error in the integrating diameter calculation technique, which resulted in
incorrect values of the diameter actual value for a negative speed actual value,
has been resolved
An error in the integrating diameter calculation technique, which resulted in
incorrect values of the diameter actual value for a negative web velocity, has
been resolved
The error where the diameter was also calculated for a drive pulse inhibit has
been resolved
14 General information on the application
14.4 History

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 231

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

After initializing or setting the diameter computer, when selecting the integrating
technique, the diameter is held for one revolution so that a sensible value can
be determined at the integrators

Changes from V2.1.2 to V3.0.0
The application was expanded by the SINAMICS S150, G130, G150 and
DCM drive systems
Splice control was introduced for SINAMICS S120 and S150
Diameter determination using layer counting was introduced
Web length braking was introduced
Stopping/synchronizing function was introduced
The integrating diameter calculation technique was significantly revised
DCC charts were significantly revised
The parameter area was rearranged
The function diagrams were significantly revised
Scripts for the basic interconnection of the application dependent on the
particular device
CAUTION As a result of extensive changes to the diameter computer and in some
cases, as a result of the new functions, the parameter ranges have been
shifted. Scripts or user-defined value lists from older versions must
therefore be adapted to version V3.0.0 before being used.


The following be parameters have been newly introduced:
Table 14-3
Parameter Parameter text
p21525 Wound roll revolutions per integration interval
p21540
BI: Diameter actual value from layer counter [1=ON;
0=OFF]
r21546 CO: Calculated diameter, relative [%]
p21620 CI: Maneuvering input, additive [%]
p21621 BI: Synchronize/stop web setpoint [ 0 = synchr.; 1 = stop]
p21622 Ramp-up time, web velocity catch up [ms]
p21623 Ramp-down time, web velocity, stop [ms]
r21626 BO: Web velocity synchronized
r21627 BO: Web velocity stopped
p21640 Ramp-up time, jog setpoint [ms]
p21641 Ramp-down time, jog setpoint [ms]
p21822
CI: Upper torque limit setpoint without compensation
torques
p21823
CI: Lower torque limit setpoint without compensation
torques
p21824
CI: Moment of inertia compensation setpoint for
adaptation torque limit
p21825 CI: Setpoint friction compensation for adaptation torque
14 General information on the application
14.4 History

232
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Parameter Parameter text
limit
r21830
CO: Effective upper torque limit, normalized with
adaptation
r21831
CO: Effective lower torque limit, normalized with
adaptation
r21910 CO: Material web length, absolute [m]
p21911 Material web length normalization [m]
r21912 CO: Material web length, relative [%]
p21913 Fixed value, web length braking [m]
p21914 CI: Setpoint web length braking, variable [%]
r21815 Calculated braking distance web length calculator [m]
p21917 BI: Enable braking after reaching the web length setpoint
p21918 CI: Material web calculator, setting value [%]
p21919 BI: Reset material web calculator
r21920 CO: Number of winder revolutions, actual
r21921 CO: Winder revolutions, actual DINT
p21928 CI: Revolution counter, setting value
p21929 BI: Reset revolution counter
21931 CO: Diameter from counting layers
p22060 BI: Enable tension operation from synchronization
r22106 BO: Enable blocking diagnostics (DCM)
Parameters for splice control
p23000 LU per load revolution
p23001 Splice modulo cycles
p23002 Single measurement
p23003 Knife ON position KTON [deg*1000]
p23004 Knife OFF position KTOFF [deg*1000]
p23005 Roll ON position STON [deg*1000]
p23006 Roll OFF position STOFF [deg*1000]
p23007 Switch-off delay for "activate correction value" [ms]
p23008 CI: Web setpoint rewinding after splice normalized [%]
p23009 Total time rewinding after splice (unwinder) [ms]
p23100 CI: Raw position actual value
p23101 CI: Measured value
p23102 CI: Control word, splice
p23200 BI: Enable measured value memory
p23201 BI: Enable splice
p23202 BI: Measured value valid
p23203 BI: Enable rewinding after splice
p23204 BI: Knife on from splicing drive
r23400 CO: Correction value
r23401 CO: Position actual value corrected
r23402 CO: Splice position value
r23403 CO: Actual modulo cycle, splice
r23404 CO: Control word, splice internal
r23406 CO: Status word, splice
r23500 BO: Activate correction value
r23501 BO: Activate probe
14 General information on the application
14.4 History

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 233

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Parameter Parameter text
r23502 BO: Valid value available
r23503 BO: Splice completed
r23504 BO: Roll on
r23505 BO: Knife on
r23506 BO: Enable splice outputs
r23507 BO: Activate correction value, off delayed


The following parameters have been shifted:
Table 14-4
Parameter
number, old
Parameter
number, new
Parameter text
r21539 p21525
Revolutions of the wound roll per
integration interval
p21540 r21539
BI: Smoothing of the DMR outputs for the
integration technique [1=OFF; 0=ON]

p21636 r21548 CO: Saved diameter value valid
p21621 p21636 Jogging, fixed setpoint 1 [m/min]
p21622 p21637 Jogging, fixed setpoint 2 [m/min]
p21623 p21638 CI: Jogging, setpoint input [%]
p21629 p21644
BI: Intervention speed correction controller
[0= direct; 1= dependent on the diameter]
r21630 r21645
CO: Velocity setpoint before correction
[m/min]
r21631 r21646
CO: Velocity/speed setpoint before
correction [m/min; rev/min]
r21632 r21647
CO: Speed setpoint after correction
[rev/min]
r21633 r21648
CO: Speed setpoint to the winder drive,
normalized


14 General information on the application
14.4 History

234
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

The following parameters were removed:
Table 14-5
Parameter Parameter text
p21793 Fixed setpoint torque limit web operation normalized
p21794 CI: Torque limit, web operation [%]
r21795 CO: Effective torque limit web operation normalized

Changes from V3.0.0 to V3.1.0
Introduced the constant v control
Introduced operation as speed master with jerk limitation, normal stop and
fast stop
Using a diameter sensor or layer counting, the diameter actual value can
be transferred continuously
Bypass for diameter characteristic in operation with diameter sensor
Scaleable limits for dancer and tension controller
Extended the winding hardness characteristic by linear and free
characteristic
Extended the winding hardness characteristic by relative operation
Line speed adaption for the diameter computer for dancer control, adaption
by:
o ds/dt of dancer position with smoothing
o position deviation of dancer controller
o controller output value
The parameter area was rearranged
The function diagrams were revised
CAUTION As a result of extensive changes and in some cases, as a result of the new
functions, the parameter ranges have been shifted. Scripts or user-defined
value lists from older versions must therefore be adapted to version V3.1.0
before being used.


The following be parameters have been newly introduced:
Table 14-6
Parameter Parameter text
p21518
CI: Velocity actual value web tachometer (constant v
control only)
r21519 CO: Velocity actual value web tachometer [m/min]
p21544 Gear factor, load revolutions
p21590 Gear factor, motor revolutions
p21591 Diameter computer, fixed setting value diameter [m]
p21592
CI: Diameter computer, setting value diameter normalized
to Dmax
p21593 CO: Diameter computer, effective setting value [m]
r21594 Wound roll revolutions per integration interval
p21595 Diameter computer symmetrizing web velocity division
14 General information on the application
14.4 History

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 235

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Parameter Parameter text
method [ms]
r21596
Diameter computer diameter smoothing division method
[ms]
p21597
Diameter computer, tolerance factor plausibility check
division method
r21605 CI: Diameter computer, scaling material web thickness
r21607 Diameter computer, fixed material web thickness [mm]
r21608 CO: diameter computer, material web thickness [mm]
p21624 Diameter computer, minimum speed division method [rpm]
p21625
Diameter computer, minimum material web velocity
division method [m/min]
p21628 Diameter computer, maximum diameter [m]
p21629 Diameter computer, minimum diameter [m]
r21630
Diameter computer symmetrizing web velocity integrating
method [ms]
r21631
Diameter computer diameter smoothing integrating
method [ms]
p21732
BI: integrating method for diameter computer [1=ON;
0=OFF]
p21739
BI: smoothing diameter output integrating method [1=OFF;
0=ON]
p21770
BI: Diameter actual value from layer counter [1=ON;
0=OFF]
p21771 BI: Diameter actual value via sensor [1=ON; 0=OFF]
p21772 CI: Diameter actual value via sensor relativ
p21773
CO: Diameter actual value sensor after characteristic
curve [m
p21774 BI: continuous diameter acceptance
p21775 CO: Calculated diameter absolut [m]
p21940 CO: Calculated diameter, relative [%]
p21941 CO: Multiplier setpoint channel [1/m]
p21942 CO: Diameter value, saved (retentitivelly saved) [m]
p21943 BO: Saved diameter is valid
p21944 Diameter sensor value X1
p21945 Diameter actual value Y1 [m]
p21946 Diameter sensor value X2
p21947 Diameter actual value Y2 [m]
p21948 Diameter sensor value X3
p21949 Diameter actual value Y3 [m]
p21950 Diameter sensor value X4
p21951 Diameter actual value Y4 [m]
p21952 Diameter sensor value X5
p21953 Diameter actual value Y5 [m]
p21954 Diameter sensor value X6
p21955 Diameter actual value Y6 [m]
p21956 Diameter sensor value X7
p21957 Diameter actual value Y7 [m]
p21958 Diameter sensor value X8
p21959 Diameter actual value Y8 [m]
14 General information on the application
14.4 History

236
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Parameter Parameter text
p22061 Diameter sensor value X9
p22062 Diameter actual value Y9 [m]
p22063 Diameter sensor value X10

The following parameters have been shifted:
Table 14-7
Parameter-
nummer alt
Parameter-
nummer neu
Parametertext
r21605 r21606 CO: Actual technique effective
r21625 r21626 BO: speed correction control active
r21626 r21627 BO: torque limit correction control active
p21769 p21779 Fixed overcontrol setpoint [m/min; rpm]
p21770 p21780 CI: Overcontrol setpoint
p21771 p21781 CO: Overcontrol setpoint [m/min; rpm]
p21772 p21782
Ramp-up time, speed overcontrol for
tension operation ON [ms]
p21773 p21783 CI: Maneuvering input multiplicative [%]
p21774 p21784 CI: Maneuvering input, additive [%]
p21775 p21785
BI: Synchronize/stop web setpoint [ 0 =
synchr.; 1 = stop]
p21776 p21786 Ramp-up time, web velocity catch up [ms]
p21777 p21787 Ramp-down time, web velocity, stop [ms]
p21778 p21788
Ramp-down time, web velocity, fast stop
[ms]
p21779 p21789
Smoothing time ramp function generator
web velocity [ms]
p21780 p21790 BO: Web velocity synchronized
p21781 p21791 BO: Web velocity stopped
p21782 p21792 upper limit velocity master [%]
p21783 p21793 lower limit velocity master [%]
p21784 p21794
CO: velocity setpoint RFG velocity master
[%]
p21785 p21795
CO: velocity setpoint velocity master incl.
jogging [%]
p21786 p21796 Jogging, fixed setpoint 1 [m/min]
p21787 p21797 Jogging, fixed setpoint 2 [m/min]
p21788 p21798 CI: Jogging, setpoint input [%]
p21789 p21799 Ramp-up time, jog setpoint [ms]
r21790 r21800 Ramp-down time, jog setpoint [ms]
r21791 r21801
BI:engagement speed correction
[0=indirect; 1=diameterdependent]
p21796 p21806
CO: Velocity setpoint, before correction
[m/min]
r21797 r21807
CO: Velocity / Speed setpoint before
correction [m/min; U/min]
p21798 p21808 CO: Speed setpoint after correction [rpm]
p21800 p21810 CO: Speed setpoint to the winder drive
p21801 p21811 Fixed value/scaling material width [m]
14 General information on the application
14.4 History

DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750 237

C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
1
3

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

Parameter-
nummer alt
Parameter-
nummer neu
Parametertext
p21802 p21812
Fixed value/scaling material density
[kg/m^3]
p21803 p21813
Fixed value scaling factor for density
normalized
r21804 r21814 Fixed value/scaling core diameter [m]
r21805 r21815 Fixed value/scaling maximum diameter [m]
r21806 r21816
Fixed value/scaling offset moment of
interia [Nms^2, kgm^2]
r21807 r21817 CI: Material width [%]
p21808 p21818 CI: Material density [%]
p21809 p21819 CI: Scaling factor for density [%]
r21810 r21820 CI: Core diameter [%]
r21811 r21821 CI: Maximum diameter [%]
p21812 p21822 CI: Offset mass moment of inertia [%]
p21813 p21823 CO: Effective material width [m]
p21814 p21824 CO: Effective material density [kg/m^3]
p21815 p21825
CO: Scaling factor for effective density -
normalized
r21820 r21830 CO: Effective core diameter [m]
r21821 r21831 CO: Maximum effective diameter [m]
p21830 p21840
CO: Offset, effective moment of inertia
[Nms^2, kgm^2]
p21831 p21841
CO: Resulting mass moments of inertia
[Nms^2, kgm^2]
r21832 r21842
CO: Relative moment of inertia for
controller adaptation
p21833 p21843
CO: Maximum mass moment of inertia of
the winder [kgm^2]
p21835 p21845
BI: selector speed inertia pre-control
[0=nset; 1=nactual]
p21836 p21846
Speed actual value smoothing for inertia
pre-control, number of cycles
r21837 r21847
Speed actual value change limiting, ramp-
up time [ms]
p21838 p21848
Speed actual value change limiting, ramp-
down time [ms]
p21839 p21849
CO: Acceleration actual value, motor
[rad/s]
p21840 p21850
CO: Torque setpoint, inertia calculation
[Nm]
p21841 p21851
CO: Torque setpoint, inertia calculation
normalized
r21842 r21852 Tension setpoint, fixed [N]
p21843 p21853 CI: Tension setpoint, variable [%]
p21844 p21854 Tension setpoint [N]
p21845 p21855
Normalization, tension setpoints (maximum
tension) [N]
p21846 p21856 BI: Tension setpoint, jogging
14 General information on the application
14.4 History

238
DCC Winder
3.2.0, Entry-ID: 38043750

Parameter-
nummer alt
Parameter-
nummer neu
Parametertext
p21850 p21860 BI: Increase tension
r21900 r21910 BI: Decrease tension
p21901 p21911 CI: Setting value RFG tension setpoint [N]
r21902 r21912
CO: Tension setpoint after the ramp-
function generator [N]
p21903 p21913 Ramp-up time, tension setpoint [ms]
p21904 p21914 Ramp-down time, tension setpoint [ms]
r21905 r21915 Position setpoint, fixed [LU]
p21907 p21917 CI: Position setpoint, variable [%]
p21908 p21918 Position setpoint [LU]
p21909 p21919
Normalization, position setpoints
(maximum position value) [LU]
r21910 r21920 BI: Position setpoint, jogging
r21911 r21921 BI: Position setpoint, increase
p21918 p21928 BI: Postion setpoint, decrease
p21919 p21929
CI: Setting value RFG position setpoint
[LU]
r21921 r21931
CO:Position setpoint after the ramp-
function generator [LU]

Changes from V3.1.0 to V3.1.1
Version designations have been corrected

Changes from V3.1.1 to V3.2.0
Change in the limitation of the tension controller in case of torque limiting,
the variable limit is now correct related to the shaft torque,
The variable overcontrol value can now be used related to the web
velocity,
The control mode can now be transferred via communication,
The gear ratio can now be transferred via communication,
The relative reduction for the winding hardness characteristic can now be
transferred via communication,

Anda mungkin juga menyukai